Edirol Musical Instrument SD 80 User Manual

O w n e r’s Ma n u a l  
Thank you, and congratulations on your choice of the STUDIO Canvas SD-80.  
Before using this unit, carefully read the sections entitled: “IMPORTANT  
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS” (Owner’s manual p. 2), “USING THE UNIT  
SAFELY” (Owner’s manual pp. 3--4), and “IMPORTANT NOTES” (Owner’s  
manual p. 5). These sections provide important information concerning  
the proper operation of the unit. Additionally, in order to feel assured that  
you have gained a good grasp of every feature provided by your new unit,  
Getting started and Owner’s manual should be read in its entirety. The  
manual should be saved and kept on hand as a convenient reference.  
Copyright © 2002 ROLAND CORPORATION  
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form  
without the written permission of ROLAND CORPORATION.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
USIN G THE UN IT SAFELY  
The  
symbol alerts the user to important instructions  
Used for instructions intended to alert  
the user to the risk of death or severe  
injury should the unit be used  
improperly.  
or warnings.The specific meaning of the symbol is  
determined by the design contained within the  
triangle. In the case of the symbol at left, it is used for  
general cautions, warnings, or alerts to danger.  
Used for instructions intended to alert  
the user to the risk of injury or material  
damage should the unit be used  
improperly.  
The  
symbol alerts the user to items that must never  
be carried out (are forbidden). The specific thing that  
must not be done is indicated by the design contained  
within the circle. In the case of the symbol at left, it  
means that the unit must never be disassembled.  
* Material damage refers to damage or  
other adverse effects caused with  
respect to the home and all its  
furnishings, as well to domestic  
animals or pets.  
The symbol alerts the user to things that must be  
carried out. The specific thing that must be done is  
indicated by the design contained within the circle. In  
the case of the symbol at left, it means that the power-  
cord plug must be unplugged from the outlet.  
006 When using the unit with a rack or stand  
recommended by Roland, the rack or stand  
must be carefully placed so it is level and  
sure to remain stable. If not using a rack or  
stand, you still need to make sure that any  
location you choose for placing the unit  
001 Before using this unit, make sure to read the  
instructions below, and the Owners Manual.  
................................................................................................  
002a  
Do not open or perform any internal modifi-  
cations on the unit.  
................................................................................................  
provides a level surface that will properly  
support the unit, and keep it from wobbling.  
................................................................................................  
003 Do not attempt to repair the unit, or replace  
parts within it (except when this manual  
provides specific instructions directing you  
to do so). Refer all servicing to your retailer,  
the nearest EDIROL/ Roland Service Center,  
or an authorized EDIROL/ Roland  
007 Make sure you always have the unit placed  
so it is level and sure to remain stable. Never  
place it on stands that could wobble, or on  
inclined surfaces.  
distributor, as listed on the "Information" page.  
................................................................................................  
................................................................................................  
008a  
004 Never use or store the unit in places that are:  
The unit should be connected to a power  
supply only of the type described in the  
operating instructions, or as marked on the  
unit.  
• Subject to temperature extremes (e.g.,  
direct sunlight in an enclosed vehicle, near  
a heating duct, on top of heat-generating  
equipment); or are  
................................................................................................  
008e  
Use only the attached power-supply cord.  
• Damp (e.g., baths, washrooms, on wet  
floors); or are  
Humid; or are  
................................................................................................  
• Exposed to rain; or are  
• Dusty; or are  
• Subject to high levels of vibration.  
................................................................................................  
005 This unit should be used only with a rack or  
stand that is recommended by Roland.  
................................................................................................  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
009 Do not excessively twist or bend the power  
101a  
The unit should be located so that its location  
cord, nor place heavy objects on it. Doing so  
can damage the cord, producing severed  
elements and short circuits. Damaged cords  
are fire and shock hazards!  
or position does not interfere with its proper  
ventilation.  
................................................................................................  
102b  
Always grasp only the plug on the power-  
supply cord when plugging into, or  
unplugging from, an outlet or this unit.  
................................................................................................  
010 This unit, either alone or in combination with  
an amplifier and headphones or speakers,  
may be capable of producing sound levels  
that could cause permanent hearing loss. Do  
not operate for a long period of time at a high  
volume level, or at a level that is uncom-  
fortable. If you experience any hearing loss or  
ringing in the ears, you should immediately  
stop using the unit, and consult an audiol-  
ogist.  
................................................................................................  
104 Try to prevent cords and cables from  
becoming entangled. Also, all cords and  
cables should be placed so they are out of the  
reach of children.  
................................................................................................  
106 Never climb on top of, nor place heavy  
objects on the unit.  
................................................................................................  
................................................................................................  
107b  
011 Do not allow any objects (e.g., flammable  
Never handle the power cord or its plugs  
with wet hands when plugging into, or  
unplugging from, an outlet or this unit.  
material, coins, pins); or liquids of any kind  
(water, soft drinks, etc.) to penetrate the unit.  
................................................................................................  
108a  
................................................................................................  
Before moving the unit, disconnect the power  
plug from the outlet, and pull out all cords  
from external devices.  
013 In households with small children, an adult  
should provide supervision until the child is  
capable of following all the rules essential for  
the safe operation of the unit.  
................................................................................................  
109a  
Before cleaning the unit, turn off the power  
and unplug the power cord from the outlet.  
................................................................................................  
014 Protect the unit from strong impact.  
................................................................................................  
110a  
(Do not drop it!)  
................................................................................................  
Whenever you suspect the possibility of  
lightning in your area, pull the plug on the  
power cord out of the outlet.  
015 Do not force the units power-supply cord to  
share an outlet with an unreasonable number  
of other devices. Be especially careful when  
using extension cords—the total power used  
by all devices you have connected to the  
extension cords outlet must never exceed the  
power rating (watts/ amperes) for the  
................................................................................................  
118*W* henever you've removed any screws—  
whether it be when connecting something to  
the ground terminal, or when installing a  
rack-mount adaptor or desk-stand mount—be sure  
to place the screws out of reach of small children, so  
they won't be swallowed accidentally.  
extension cord. Excessive loads can cause the  
insulation on the cord to heat up and  
eventually melt through.  
................................................................................................  
016 Before using the unit in a foreign country,  
consult with your retailer, the nearest  
EDIROL/ Roland Service Center, or an autho-  
rized EDIROL/ Roland distributor, as listed  
on the "Information" page.  
................................................................................................  
023 DO NOT play a CD-ROM disc on a conven-  
tional audio CD player. The resulting sound  
may be of a level that could cause permanent  
hearing loss. Damage to speakers or other  
system components may result.  
................................................................................................  
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
IMPO RTAN T N O TES  
291b  
402  
Never use benzine, thinners, alcohol or solvents of  
any kind, to avoid the possibility of discoloration  
and/ or deformation.  
In addition to the items listed under “IMPORTANT  
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS” and “USING THE UNIT  
SAFELY” on pages 2, 3 and 4, please read and  
observe the following:  
553  
Use a reasonable amount of care when using the  
units buttons, sliders, or other controls; and when  
using its jacks and connectors. Rough handling can  
lead to malfunctions.  
Po w e r Su p p ly  
301  
554  
Do not use this unit on the same power circuit with  
any device that will generate line noise (such as an  
electric motor or variable lighting system).  
555  
Never strike or apply strong pressure to the display.  
A small amount of noise may be heard from the  
display during normal operation.  
307  
556  
Before connecting this unit to other devices, turn off  
the power to all units. This will help prevent  
malfunctions and/ or damage to speakers or other  
devices.  
When connecting / disconnecting all cables, grasp  
the connector itself—never pull on the cable. This  
way you will avoid causing shorts, or damage to the  
cable’s internal elements.  
557  
A small amount of heat will radiate from the unit  
during normal operation.  
Pla ce m e n t  
351  
558a  
Using the unit near power amplifiers (or other  
equipment containing large power transformers)  
may induce hum. To alleviate the problem, change  
the orientation of this unit; or move it farther away  
from the source of interference.  
To avoid disturbing your neighbors, try to keep the  
units volume at reasonable levels. You may prefer  
to use headphones, so you do not need to be  
concerned about those around you (especially when  
it is late at night).  
352a  
559a  
This device may interfere with radio and television  
When you need to transport the unit, package it in  
reception. Do not use this device in the vicinity of  
such receivers.  
the box (including padding) that it came in, if  
possible. Otherwise, you will need to use equivalent  
packaging materials.  
352b  
Noise may be produced if wireless communications  
devices, such as cell phones, are operated in the  
vicinity of this unit. Such noise could occur when  
receiving or initiating a call, or while conversing.  
Should you experience such problems, you should  
relocate such wireless devices so they are at a greater  
distance from this unit, or switch them off.  
Ha n d lin g CD-RO Ms  
801  
Avoid touching or scratching the shiny underside  
(encoded surface) of the disc. Damaged or dirty CD-  
ROM discs may not be read properly. Keep your  
discs clean using a commercially available CD  
cleaner.  
355  
To avoid possible breakdown, do not use the unit in  
a wet area, such as an area exposed to rain or other  
moisture.  
Ma in te n a n ce  
401a  
For everyday cleaning wipe the unit with a soft, dry  
cloth or one that has been slightly dampened with  
water. To remove stubborn dirt, use a cloth impreg-  
nated with a mild, non-abrasive detergent. After-  
wards, be sure to wipe the unit thoroughly with a  
soft, dry cloth.  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Co n te n ts  
Main features ........................................................................................................................9  
Rear Panel ................................................................................................................12  
Operations in the basic screen..........................................................................................13  
Listening to the internal demo songs...................................................................13  
Adjusting the brightness of the display (Contrast)............................................15  
About the sound generator modes..................................................................................16  
About GM2/ Native modes ..............................................................................................17  
GM2/ Native mode sound sets .............................................................................17  
About parts and sounds....................................................................................................18  
Different types of part............................................................................................18  
Polyphony and voices............................................................................................18  
Specifying the function of the MIDI connectors............................................................19  
USB mode ................................................................................................................19  
MIDI mode ..............................................................................................................20  
Specifying the function of the MIDI connectors............................................................21  
Switching the sound generator mode .............................................................................22  
Selecting a part ...................................................................................................................23  
Selecting the type of part (INST/ DRUM) ......................................................................24  
Selecting the sound set ......................................................................................................25  
Selecting a sound................................................................................................................26  
Selecting a drum set...........................................................................................................27  
Muting/ soloing a part.......................................................................................................28  
Muting a part...........................................................................................................28  
Soloing a part...........................................................................................................29  
About parameters ..............................................................................................................30  
Editing the parameters......................................................................................................31  
Editing part parameters.........................................................................................31  
Editing parameters that are common to all parts ..............................................32  
About parameters that can be edited from the SD-80s panel.....................................33  
Part parameters (GM2 mode, Native mode) ......................................................33  
Part parameters (Native mode) ............................................................................37  
Parameters common to all parts (GM2 mode, Native mode) ..........................38  
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
About the sound generator effects ..................................................................................39  
Editing the sound generator effects.................................................................................40  
Parameters that can be edited in GM2 mode.................................................................41  
Reverb (System Effect)...........................................................................................41  
Chorus (System Effect)...........................................................................................41  
EQ (Equalizer).........................................................................................................42  
Parameters that can be edited in Native mode..............................................................43  
Reverb (System Effect)...........................................................................................43  
Chorus (System Effect)...........................................................................................45  
EQ (Equalizer).........................................................................................................48  
Adjusting the contrast of the display ..............................................................................50  
Saving a patch.....................................................................................................................50  
Switching the sound generator mode (Inst Initialize) ..................................................50  
Transmitting sound generator settings to an external MIDI device...........................50  
Specifying the start-up sound generator mode .............................................................51  
Setting the Device ID Number .........................................................................................51  
Transmitting button/ knob operations to an external MIDI device ...........................51  
Preview settings .................................................................................................................52  
Setting the system tempo..................................................................................................52  
Restoring the factory settings...........................................................................................52  
Controlling the internal sound generator.......................................................................53  
Switching the sound generator mode..................................................................53  
Switching the sound set.........................................................................................55  
Switching the type of part .....................................................................................56  
Switching sounds....................................................................................................58  
Switching the drum set ..........................................................................................61  
Writing/ loading SD-80 settings ...........................................................................69  
Part parameter list..............................................................................................................75  
Part parameters (GM2 mode, Native mode) ......................................................75  
Part parameters (Native mode) ............................................................................75  
Parameters common to all parts (GM2 mode, Native mode) ..........................75  
Parameters common to all parts (Native mode) ................................................76  
Effect parameter list...........................................................................................................77  
Effect parameter (GM2 mode) ..............................................................................77  
Effect parameter (Native mode) ...........................................................................78  
MFX parameter list ............................................................................................................80  
Instrument list (GM2 / Native mode) ............................................................................95  
Instrument list (Special sound) ......................................................................................100  
Instrument list (GS mode)...............................................................................................101  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Instrument list (XGlite mode) ........................................................................................103  
Drum set list (GM2 / Native mode)..............................................................................105  
Classical set drum set (1) .....................................................................................106  
Classical set drum set (2) .....................................................................................107  
Contemporary set drum set (1)...........................................................................108  
Contemporary set drum set (1)...........................................................................109  
Solo set drum set (1).............................................................................................110  
Solo set drum set (2).............................................................................................111  
Enhanced set drum set (1) ...................................................................................112  
Enhanced set drum set (2) ...................................................................................113  
Drum set list (GS mode)..................................................................................................114  
GS mode drum set (1) ..........................................................................................115  
GS mode drum set (2) ..........................................................................................116  
Drum set list (XGlite mode)............................................................................................117  
XGlite mode drum set (1) ....................................................................................118  
XGlite mode drum set (3) ....................................................................................121  
INDEX.................................................................................... 126  
*
204 Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.  
206e  
*
Screen shots in this documents are reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.  
*
ADDWindows® XP is known officially as: “Microsoft® Windows® XP operating system.”  
206fWindows® 2000 is known officially as: “Microsoft® Windows® 2000 operating system.”  
*
206g  
*
Windows® Me is known officially as: “Microsoft® Windows® Millennium Edition operating system.”  
206cWindows® 98 is known officially as: “Microsoft® Windows® 98 operating system.”  
207 Apple and Macintosh are registered trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.  
209 MacOS is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.  
*
*
*
203  
*
GS (  
) is a registered trademark of Roland Corporation.  
ADD  
*
XG (  
) and XGlite ( ) are trademarks of YAMAHA Corporation.  
*
231 OMS is a registered trademark of Opcode Systems, Inc.  
232 FreeMIDI is a trademark of Mark of the Unicorn, Inc.  
220 All product names mentioned in this document are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective  
*
*
owners.  
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
In tro d u ctio n  
Thank you, and congratulations on your choice of the Edirol SD-80 Studio Canvas.  
Ho w to re a d th is m a n u a l  
The documentation for the SD-80 consists of a Getting Started, a Owner’s Manual, and Additional  
Information (PDF) on the included CD-ROM.  
The Getting Started takes you through the steps you need to follow in order to get ready to use the SD-  
80 with your computer. Please read this first.  
The Owner’s Manual explains how to use all the basic features of the SD-80. After you have made  
settings for the SD-80 as described in the Getting Started, and have verified that it produces sound  
correctly, refer to the Owners Manual as necessary, depending on the purpose you have in mind.  
Additional Information explains various settings you can make in order to take full advantage of the  
SD-80’s functionality. Read this material as necessary. In order to read the Additional Information PDF  
file, you will need the Adobe Acrobat Reader. The most recent version of the Adobe Acrobat Reader  
can be downloaded from the Adobe Systems Incorporated website. http:/ / www.adobe.com/  
(This URL may change without notice.)  
Letters and numbers enclosed in [ ] indicate buttons on the panel of the SD-80.  
Areas enclosed by a gray rectangular frame contain supplementary explanations for a function, or tips  
for operation.  
If the SD-80 does not operate as you expect, refer to "Troubleshooting" (p. 71).  
Ma in fe a tu re s  
High performance MIDI sound generator with powerful synthesizer engine and high quality waveforms in a  
slim body!!  
32-part, 128-voice polyphony  
1050 tones, 30 drum sets and 3 units of Multi Effects  
Optical/ Coaxial Digital output (S/ P DIF)  
2-stereo/ 4-mono multi-outputs  
2-port external MIDI IN/ OUT  
Multi-purpose design (Desktop / Rack-mount type)  
Professional quality sound in a compact body… New generation of Studio Canvas Digital  
The SD-80 follows a world leading technology of synthesizer sound engines and high quality waveforms.  
The professional-quality MIDI tone module has 1050 MIDI instruments sounds, 30 drum sets, and also  
GM2/ GS/ XGlite compatible standard sounds. It is capable of 32-part 128-voice polyphony and 3 units of  
multi effects, including guitar distortion, organ with rotary speaker, and modulated electric piano.  
Studio use? Or on your desktop…  
The SD-80’s GM2/ GS/ XGlite compatible sound selections are suitable for studio use. The versatile  
mounting tabs allow the SD-80 to be rack-mounted for studio use, or vertically mounted for desktop use.  
USB connection to computer is quick and easy for use with Mac or PC. Maintain the highest quality  
sounds by sending MIDI digitally through optical/ coaxial digital output or assign multiple analog  
outputs through 2-stereo/ 4-mono channels.  
The SD-80 is equally at home on your desktop… or in your rack. Provides tons of connection options like  
USB, Coaxial S/ P DIF, Optical S/ P DIF and _” phone jacks… to make the sound of your own.  
SD-80 Editor Software  
SD-80 ships with a powerful software editor that can control the SD-80s sound parameters by a graphical  
interface. The software editor provides control over tone editing, patch changes, and effect parameters  
that can be preserved. SD-80 also has built-in memory for preserving “user patches”.  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
N a m e s o f th in g s a n d w h a t th e y d o  
Fro n t Pa n e l  
fig.1-01  
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
9
10 11 12 14  
13  
16  
15  
1
2
3
4
Display  
This shows various types of information (such as level meters or parameter values) related to the current  
state.  
VALUE dial  
Turn this dial to change a parameters setting, or “value.” If you hold down [SHIFT] as you turn  
[VALUE], the parameters value will change by larger increments.  
INST (Instrument) Button  
Use this button to select the instrument (sound) or drum set assigned to each part. ("Selecting a sound"  
(p. 26), "Selecting a drum set" (p. 27))  
EFFECTS Button  
Use this button to select an effect (MFX) for the internal sound generator, or to edit effect parameters  
("About the sound generator effects" (p. 39)).  
5
6
SYSTEM Button  
Use this button to make settings that affect the entire SD-80 system ("System-related settings" (p. 49)).  
PART Buttons  
Use these buttons to switch the part display.  
If you press [ ] and [ ] simultaneously, all parameters will be displayed ("Editing parameters that are  
common to all parts" (p. 32)).  
7
8
VOLUME Knob  
This knob adjusts the output level of the audio signal that is output from the rear panel OUTPUT 1 jacks  
and from the headphone jack.  
fig.1-01a  
POWER Switch  
This turns the power of the SD-80 on/ off. The power is on  
when the switch is pressed in, and the power is off when the  
switch is in the outward position. When the power is on, the  
white backlighting of the LCD screen will also be on.  
Pressed in  
ON  
Outward position  
OFF  
1 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                       
Names of things and what they do  
9
Mode Indicators  
This indicates the sound generator mode in which the SD-80 is operating. The indicator of the current  
sound generator mode will light red.  
In the case of XGlite mode, all the mode indicators will be dark.  
1 0 PAGE Buttons  
Use these buttons to switch between screens that consist of multiple pages ("Editing part parameters"  
(p. 31)).  
1 1 SHIFT Button  
This button is used in conjunction with other buttons to change the function of the other button.  
1 2 ENTER Button  
Use this button to execute an operation or to select a screen.  
1 3 MIDI Indicator  
This will light when the SD-80 is operating in MIDI mode. ("MIDI mode" (p. 20))  
1 4 PREVIEW Button  
Use this button to audition the currently selected sound (instrument) ("Auditioning the sounds  
(Preview)" (p. 14).  
1 5 USB Indicator  
This will light when the SD-80 is operating in USB mode. ("USB mode" (p. 19))  
When you connect the SD-80 to your computer via a USB cable, the SD-80 will automatically switch to  
USB mode. If your computer is not powered-on, or if the USB cable is disconnected, the SD-80 will  
automatically switch to MIDI mode.  
1 6 Headphone Jack  
A set of headphones can be connected to this jack. The headphone jack outputs the same signal as the  
OUTPUT 1 jacks.  
1 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Names of things and what they do  
Re a r Pa n e l  
fig.1-02  
19  
20  
18  
17  
21  
22  
23  
1 7 AC IN Connector  
Connect the supplied AC cable here. Never use any AC cable other than the one provided, since doing so  
may cause malfunction.  
1 8 Grounding Terminal  
In some cases, depending on the environment in which the unit is installed, the surface of the panel may  
sometimes feel rough and grainy. This is due to an infinitesimal electrical charge, which is absolutely  
harmless. However, if you are concerned about this, connect the ground terminal (see figure) with an  
external ground. When the unit is grounded, a slight hum may occur, depending on the particulars of  
your installation. If you are unsure of the connection method, contact the nearest Roland Service Center,  
or an authorized Roland distributor, as listed on the “Information” page.  
Unsuitable places for connection  
Water pipes (may result in shock or electrocution)  
Gas pipes (may result in fire or explosion)  
Telephone-line ground or lightning rod (may be dangerous in the event of lightning)  
1 9 OUTPUT Jacks  
These jacks output audio signals to your audio playback system or amplified speakers.  
The output destination setting of a part will determine whether its sound is sent to OUTPUT jacks 1 or 2.  
Normally, the sound will be sent to the OUTPUT 1 jacks.  
The front panel VOLUME knob affects only the OUTPUT 1 jacks.  
2 0 DIGITAL OUT Jacks  
These jacks can be connected to digital audio devices such as CD players and MD players to transfer  
digital audio signals.  
Use a coaxial cable for COAXIAL, and an optical digital cable for OPTICAL.  
*
*
The digital output transmits the OUTPUT 1 signal.  
The signal that is sent from the SD-80' s DIGITAL OUT jack may be digitally copied for one or more generations.  
2 1 MIDI OUT/THRU Switch  
If this is set to [IN1 THRU], the MIDI messages sent to the MIDI IN 1 connector will be retransmitted  
without change from the MIDI OUT 2 connector.  
2 2 MIDI Connectors  
These connectors can be connected to other MIDI devices, such as a sequencer, allowing the exchange of  
MIDI messages ("Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI" (p. 53)).  
IN1/IN2:  
These connectors receive MIDI messages from other devices. The received MIDI  
messages are sent to the computer (in USB mode) or to the internal sound generator (in  
MIDI mode).  
OUT1/OUT2: These connectors transmit MIDI messages to other devices.  
2 3 USB Connector  
A USB cable can be used to connect the SD-80 to your computer.  
1 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Ba sic o p e ra tio n  
O p e ra tio n s in th e b a sic scre e n  
The SD-80 contains a diverse array of sounds, ranging from instrumental sounds such as piano/ organ/  
guitar for an ensemble, to sound effects such as birdsong and telephone ringers. Each of these sounds is  
called an instrument. Heres how to select instruments and listen to the variety of sounds that the SD-80  
provides.  
Liste n in g to th e in te rn a l d e m o so n g s  
The SD-80 contains demo songs. Heres how to listen to these demo songs, and hear the sounds and  
effects.  
fig.2-05  
2,6  
1
3
4,5  
1 . Turn the [VOLUME] knob fully counterclockwise (minimum setting).  
2 . Press [SYSTEM].  
The button will light.  
fig.2-05a  
3 . Press [PAGE ] to get the screen shown at right to  
appear.  
4 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to select a demo song.  
fig.2-05b  
5 . Press [ENTER], and the demo song will begin playing.  
Slowly turn the [VOLUME] knob clockwise to adjust the  
volume to a comfortable level. Once the demo song has  
played to the end, it will automatically be played over  
again, starting from the beginning.  
6 . Press [ENTER] once again to stop the demo song.  
At this time you will automatically return to the beginning of the song.  
7 . Press [INST] to return to the main screen.  
*
*
Use of the song data supplied with this product for any purpose other than private, personal enjoyment without the  
permission of the copyright holder is prohibited by law. Additionally, this data must not be copied, nor used in a  
secondary copyrighted work without the permission of the copyright holder.  
No data for the music that is played will be output from MIDI OUT.  
1 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Basic operation  
Au d itio n in g th e so u n d s (Pre vie w )  
On the SD-80, sounds are specified using two numbers: the instrument number and the variation  
number. By pressing [PREVIEW] you can audition the currently selected sound.  
fig.2-03a  
2
1
1 . Press [PREVIEW]. While you continue pressing [PREVIEW], the button will light and a phrase will play.  
When you release the button, the phrase will stop.  
If you press the [PREVIEW] key and release it immediately, the phrase will play back to the end. In this  
case, you can stop the phrase playback by pressing [PREVIEW] once again.  
2 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to switch sounds.  
At start-up, the native mode sounds will be selected.  
Ch a n g in g th e Pre vie w se ttin g s  
At the factory settings, you can audition a characteristic phrase that uses the currently selected sound  
(Phrase Preview). Alternatively, you can set it so that Preview will play a single note at the pitch (key)  
and strength (velocity) that you specify.  
For details on Preview settings, refer to "Preview settings" (p. 52).  
1 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Basic operation  
Ad ju stin g th e b rig h tn e ss o f th e d isp la y (Co n tra st)  
Immediately after the power is turned on, or after the SD-80 has been used for an extended period, or  
depending on the conditions in which it is placed, the characters or icons in the display screen may  
become difficult to read. If this happens, you can adjust the contrast of the display.  
fig.2-02  
5
1
3
2
4
1 . Press [SYSTEM].  
The button will light.  
2 . Press [PAGE ] or [PAGE ] until LCD Contrast is displayed.  
3 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to adjust the contrast of the display.  
fig.2-03  
LCD Contrast 1–4–5  
Adjusts the contrast of the display.  
4 . Press [ENTER]. The contrast setting you specify will be remembered by the SD-80.  
*
Do not turn off the power while the setting is being stored (while “(TBD)” is displayed). Doing so will cause all data  
stored in the SD-80 to be lost.  
5 . Press [INST] to return to the main screen.  
1 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Usin g th e in te rn a l so u n d g e n e ra to r  
generator has four modes to support different sound generator formats, and you can select the mode you  
want to use. For details on the sound generator modes, refer to "About the sound generator modes" (p.  
16).  
Multi-effect, chorus, reverb, and equalizer (a total of four effects units) are also built-in, letting you  
apply effects to the internal sound generator. For details on the effects, refer to "Using the effects of the  
internal sound generator" (p. 39).  
Ab o u t th e so u n d g e n e ra to r m o d e s  
The SD-80 has four sound generator modes: GM2, Native, GS, and XGlite.  
GM2 mode further consists of four sound sets, and Native mode consists of six sound sets. For details on  
the sound sets, refer to "GM2/Native mode sound sets" (p. 17).  
With the factory settings, the SD-80 is set to start up in Native mode.  
GM2 m o d e  
This sound generator mode is compatible with the “GM2” sound generator format.  
GM2 is “recommended practice,” and it is backwardly compatible with GM. It was created in order to  
allow more sophisticated performance expression and greater compatibility. It includes detailed  
definitions concerning sound editing and the use of effects (things that werent covered by the earlier GM  
format), and it also expands the sound set. GM2-compatible sound generators will correctly play back  
music data bearing either the GM or GM2 logos.  
When it is necessary to make a distinction, this manual will sometimes refer to “GM1” to indicate the  
earlier GM format which does not include the extended specifications of GM2.  
N a tive m o d e  
This is the sound generator mode that allows you to take advantage of the SD-80s full potential.  
It uses the same instrument files and sound sets as GM2 mode, and provides a greater number of editable  
parameters.  
In addition, it provides two special sound sets that collect the most distinctive of the sounds of the SD-80.  
GS m o d e  
This sound generator mode supports the “GS” sound generator format promoted by Roland Corporation.  
In addition to the General MIDI functionality, this format expands the sound set, and also enhances  
compatibility by providing detailed specifications for functionality such as sound editing and effects  
(reverb and chorus). For flexibility in meeting future needs, it also provides for the addition of new  
sounds and expanded functionality. Since the GS format is compatible with GM, it allows GM scores to be  
played in the same way as GS music data (music data created in conformity with the GS format).  
*
It is not possible to edit GS mode sound generator parameters from the panel of the SD-80.  
XGlite m o d e  
XG is a sound generator format promoted by Yamaha Corporation, which is based on GM1 (General  
MIDI 1). It provides detailed specifications concerning expansion of the sound sets, editing methods, and  
effects structures and types.  
XGlite is a reduced-functionality (“lite”) version of XG, which allows simple playback of XG music data  
on a sound generator bearing the XGlite logo. Since XGlite has some limitations on the parameters and  
effects that can be controlled, the XG music data may sound different than the original data.  
*
It is not possible to edit XGlite mode sound generator parameters from the panel of the SD-80.  
1 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                     
Using the internal sound generator  
Ab o u t GM2 / N a tive m o d e s  
GM2 / N a tive m o d e so u n d se ts  
The sounds sets of GM2 mode and Native mode are organized by their character into four or six  
variations.  
fig.5-01  
Cla ssica l  
SD-80  
This is the basic sound set that blends well into an ensemble. This set is  
also used when GM2 data compatibility is important.  
GM2  
Native  
Classical  
Classical  
Co n te m p o ra ry  
Contemporary  
Solo  
Contemporary  
Solo  
This sound set emphasizes the realism of each individual instrument. It  
contains numerous sounds that use velocity switching for expressive  
dynamics.  
Enhanced  
Enhanced  
Special 1  
Special 2  
So lo  
This sound set contains mainly sounds that are designed to be  
distinctive when used to play solos. These sounds include spacious  
stereo-sampled sounds, as well as sounds that are switched by velocity.  
GS  
XGlite  
En h a n ce d  
This sound set concentrates on sounds that are designed with multi-effects (MFX), such as distortion  
guitar and rotary organ. You can obtain an effect simply by selecting one of these sounds. The set also  
includes acoustic instruments with a clear upper register produced by equalization processing, and synth  
sounds based on multi-effects.  
Up to three enhanced sounds can be used simultaneously. This set also contains some sounds that do not  
use MFX.  
*
With the factory settings in Native mode, parts 1--3 allow you to use special sounds or enhanced sounds that use  
MFX.  
Sp e cia l  
This sound set can be used only in Native mode. It consists mainly of the best sounds of the SD-80 from  
the Enhanced set, and also includes highly original sounds not defined by GM2.  
As with the Enhanced set, most sounds use multi-effects (MFX).  
Parameters that can be used in GM2 mode  
fig.5-01a  
In GM2 mode it is not possible to edit  
Part  
Parameters  
Part 1  
Part 2  
Sounds  
Sounds  
the sounds themselves.  
Multi-effects (MFX) and the sounds  
are always handled as a unit, and are  
always included in the Enhanced  
sound set. (In the example shown in  
the diagram at right, an Enhanced  
sound is selected for Part 2.)  
Part  
Parameters  
MFX  
Part  
Parameters  
Part 32  
Sounds  
1 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Using the internal sound generator  
Ab o u t p a rts a n d so u n d s  
The SD-80 is able to produce 32 different sounds at once. A sound generator such as the SD-80 that is able  
to produce many different sounds simultaneously is called a “multitimbral sound module.” “Timbre”  
refers to the unique characteristics that result in the sound of one instrument being different from that of  
another. The ability to simultaneously produce 32 different instrument sounds means that, using the  
analogy of an orchestra, you can produce an ensemble consisting of 32 different instrumental parts. On  
the SD-80, the sound produced by each part is called an Instrument ("Instrument list (GM2 / Native  
mode)" (p. 95)). You can assign a desired instrument to each of the 32 parts, creating a 32-part ensemble.  
Diffe re n t ty p e s o f p a rt  
The SD-80 has 32 parts, which are divided into groups A and B. Each group is numbered from 01–16; i.e.,  
A01–A16 and B01–B16.  
Each part can be set either as an Inst part or a Drum part. Inst parts are used to play melody, bass, etc.  
Drum parts are used to play percussion-type sounds. This setting is called the Part Mode.  
By default, the following part mode is selected for each part.  
Part mode  
Inst part  
Corresponding parts  
A01–09, A11–16, B01–09, B11–16  
A10, B10  
Drum part  
Po ly p h o n y a n d vo ice s  
Each of the SD-80’s sounds consist of units called “voices.” There is a limit to the number of voices that  
can be used, and the SD-80 is able to use 128 voices simultaneously. Some sounds (instruments) use  
more than one voice ("Instrument list (GM2 / Native mode)" (p. 95)). The main reason that an instrument  
uses some voices is so that velocity can be used to shift between different sounds, or so that multiple  
sounds can be layered to create a richer tone.  
When you attempt to play more than 128 voices on the SD-80, the most-recently played note will be given  
priority, and the oldest of the currently-sounding notes will be turned off one by one. If you are using  
only instruments that consist of only one voice, you will be able to play 128 notes simultaneously.  
However, if you use instruments that consist of two or four voices, fewer than 128 notes can be played  
simultaneously. Even if a MIDI note-off message is received, a voice will continue to be used as long as  
that note continues to sound. You need to remain aware of this, particularly when using sounds that have  
a long release time.  
1 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Using the internal sound generator  
Sp e cify in g th e fu n ctio n o f th e MIDI co n n e cto rs  
The SD-80 has two modes in which MIDI data is transferred differently: USB mode and MIDI mode.  
The mode is switched automatically depending on the connector you use.  
USB m o d e  
fig.7-2  
THRU function : ON  
MIDI messages received at the MIDI IN connectors  
will not be passed directly to the internal sound  
generator. They will be sent via USB to the computer  
(sequencer software).  
This means that if you have started up in USB  
mode, playing an external MIDI keyboard  
connected to a MIDI IN connector will not play the  
SD-80’s internal sound generator. In order for the  
MIDI messages received at the MIDI IN connectors  
to be passed to the internal sound generator, you  
must turn on the Thru function of your software  
running on your USB-connected computer. “Thru”  
is a function by which MIDI messages received from  
the SD-80’s USB connector are retransmitted back to  
the SD-80’s USB connector. If the Thru function is  
turned on, the MIDI messages received at the MIDI  
IN connectors will pass through the computer and  
be passed to the SD-80s internal sound generator,  
causing sound to be produced.  
USB  
MIDI OUT 1  
MIDI OUT 2  
Part group A  
Part A1 - A16  
MIDI IN 1  
MIDI IN 2  
Part group B  
Part B1 - B16  
*
The number of internal sound generator parts that can be  
controlled from the USB connector will depend on the  
capabilities of your sequencer software. This means that  
even if you connect the SD-80 to your computer via USB,  
you will not necessarily be able to use all 32 parts. Please  
carefully read the owner’s manual for your sequencer  
software.  
SD-80  
*
The USB indicator will light.  
1 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Using the internal sound generator  
MIDI m o d e  
fig.7-3  
The MIDI messages received at the MIDI IN  
connectors will be passed directly to the internal  
sound generator.  
MIDI  
interface  
The SD-80 has two MIDI IN connectors, and each  
MIDI IN connector can receive data for 16 Parts. In  
MIDI mode, when you play using the MIDI  
connectors, group A corresponds to the MIDI IN 1  
connector and group B corresponds to the MIDI IN 2  
connector. In other words, the MIDI messages  
received at MIDI IN 1 will play Parts 01–16 of group  
A, and the MIDI messages received at MIDI IN 2 will  
play Parts 01–16 of group B. For example, a MIDI  
message received at MIDI IN 1 on channel 5 will play  
Group A Part 5 (A05) (when still set to the default  
settings).  
USB  
MIDI OUT 1  
MIDI OUT 2  
MIDI IN 1  
MIDI IN 2  
Part group A  
Part A1 - A16  
*
If you want to change the correspondence of Parts to MIDI  
channels, you can send the System Exclusive message  
Rx.CHANNEL via MIDI.  
Part group B  
Part B1 - B16  
*
*
The MIDI indicator will light.  
If you want to use the SD-80 in MIDI mode, disconnect the  
USB cable from the SD-80' s USB connector.  
SD-80  
2 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using the internal sound generator  
Sp e cify in g th e fu n ctio n o f th e MIDI co n n e cto rs  
If the MIDI OUT/THRU switch on the rear panel is set to [IN1 THRU], MIDI messages received at the MIDI  
IN 1 connector will be retransmitted without change from the MIDI OUT 2 connector.  
If the SD-80 is operating in USB mode and this switch is set to [IN1 THRU], MIDI messages received at  
the MIDI IN 1 connector will be "thru-ed" from the MIDI OUT 2 connector. The MIDI messages that would  
normally be output from the computer to the MIDI OUT 1 connector will no longer be output. (They will  
not be merged.) In this case, it will not be possible to use USB external output 2 (EDIROL SD-80 MIDI  
OUT 2) from the computer.  
However, if the SD-80 is operating in MIDI mode and this switch is set to [IN1 THRU], MIDI messages  
received at the MIDI IN 1 connector will be "thru-ed" from the MIDI OUT 1 connector as well as being sent  
to PART A. In this case, if an external MIDI device sends a dump request to PART B, it will not be  
possible to transmit the response.  
fig.7-4a  
USB mode  
THRU function : ON  
MIDI mode  
THRU function : ON  
MIDI  
interface  
USB  
USB  
MIDI OUT 1  
MIDI OUT 2  
Part group A  
MIDI OUT 1  
MIDI OUT 2  
Part A1 - A16  
Part group A  
Part A1 - A16  
MIDI IN 1  
MIDI IN 2  
Part group B  
MIDI IN 1  
MIDI IN 2  
Part group B  
Part B1 - B16  
Part B1 - B16  
SD-80  
SD-80  
2 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Using the internal sound generator  
Sw itch in g th e so u n d g e n e ra to r m o d e  
Heres how to switch the sound generator mode. The sound generator mode can be switched from the  
front panel, or by MIDI messages from an external device. Please be aware that the sound generator will  
be initialized when you switch the sound generator mode.  
fig.5-02  
5
1
3
2
4
1 . Press [SYSTEM].  
The button will light.  
fig.7-01a_67.2  
2 . Press [PAGE ] or [PAGE ] until you have Inst Init  
showing in the display.  
3 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to select the desired sound generator mode (GM2, Native, GS, XGlite).  
fig.5-02a  
4 . Press [ENTER]. You will switch to the sound generator mode you selected in step 3.  
The front panel mode indicators show the current sound generator mode.  
5 . Press [INST] to return to the main screen.  
Co n ve n ie n t fu n ctio n s  
You can use the following shortcuts to switch the sound generator mode.  
fig.5-01a  
1
1 . Hold down [SHIFT] and press the button for the desired sound generator  
mode.  
[INST] ............. GM2 ON (GM2 mode)  
[EFFECTS] ..... NATIVE ON (Native mode)  
[SYSTEM]....... GS RESET (GS mode)  
2 . The front panel mode indicators show the current sound generator mode.  
2
1
2 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Using the internal sound generator  
Se le ctin g a p a rt  
Heres how to select the part that you want to edit.  
fig.5-03  
1
2
1 . Press [INST].  
The button will light.  
fig.5-03a_67.2  
2 . Press [PART ] or [PART ] to select the part to be  
edited. The number of the part currently being edited is  
indicated at the bottom of the display.  
2 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using the internal sound generator  
Se le ctin g th e ty p e o f p a rt (IN ST/ DRUM)  
Heres how to select the type (Part Mode) for each part.  
*
Inst Type can be executed only if the sound generator mode is GM2 mode or Native mode.  
fig.5-04  
1,4  
3
2
1 . Press [INST].  
The button will light.  
2 . Press [PAGE ] until the display indicates Inst Type.  
3 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to select the desired part mode  
(INST or DRUM).  
The part mode has now been selected.  
4 . Press [INST] once again to return to the basic screen.  
2 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Using the internal sound generator  
Se le ctin g th e so u n d se t  
In GM2 mode you can choose one of four different sound sets. In Native mode you can choose one of six  
different sound sets.  
fig.5-05  
1,4  
3
2
1 . Press [INST].  
The button will light.  
fig.5-05a_67.2  
2 . Press [PAGE ] until the display indicates Inst Type.  
3 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to select the desired sound set.  
CLASSICAL:  
CONTEMPORARY:  
SOLO:  
Classical  
Contemporary  
Solo  
ENHANCED:  
SPECIAL 1:  
SPECIAL 2:  
USER:  
Enhanced  
Special 1 (Native mode only)  
Special 2 (Native mode only)  
User (Native mode only)  
The sound set has now been selected.  
4 . Press [INST] once again to return to the main screen.  
2 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Using the internal sound generator  
Se le ctin g a so u n d  
If the part type is Inst, use the following procedure to select a sound. First make sure that the part type is  
Inst. For details on how to set the part type to Inst, refer to "Selecting the type of part (INST/DRUM)" (p.  
24).  
On the SD-80, the sound of an Inst part is specified by two numbers: an Instrument number and a  
Variation number. There are 128 sounds whose variation number is 000, and these make up the basic  
sounds of the SD-80. These are referred to as “capital sounds.”  
By changing the MIDI bank number of these sounds, you can select variations that have a different tonal  
character. These are called “variation sounds.” For details on the various sounds that can be selected,  
refer to "Instrument list (GM2 / Native mode)" (p. 95).  
fig.5-06  
1,6  
3,5  
2,4  
1 . Press [INST].  
The button will light.  
fig.5-06a_67.2  
2 . Press [PAGE ] until the display indicates Inst  
Number.  
3 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to select a capital sound.  
The sound name and Inst Number shown in the display will also change.  
4 . Press [PAGE ] until Variation appears.  
In GS mode, this will be displayed with Bank.  
5 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to select a variation sound.  
The sound name and Inst Number shown in the display will also change.  
6 . Press [INST] once again to return to the main screen.  
Convenient functions  
You can also use the following method to select a sound.  
After step 1, if you turn the [VALUE] dial, any sound in the current sound set can be selected.  
2 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Using the internal sound generator  
Se le ctin g a d ru m se t  
If the part type is Drum Set, use the following procedure to select a drum set. First make sure that the part  
type is Drum. For details on how to set the part type to Drum, refer to "Selecting the type of part (INST/  
DRUM)" (p. 24).  
For details on the drum sets that are available, refer to "Instrument list (GM2 / Native mode)" (p. 95).  
*
Drum sets do not have variation sounds.  
fig.5-07  
1
2
1 . Press [INST].  
The button will light.  
fig.5-07a_67.2  
2 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to select a drum set. The drum  
set name shown in the display will change.  
2 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Using the internal sound generator  
Mu tin g / so lo in g a p a rt  
You can “mute” a specified part so that it will not sound. This is convenient when you want to play along  
to a backing provided by the SD-80 (“minus-one” playing).  
Conversely, you can “solo” a specified part so that the remaining parts will be muted.  
Heres how to mute/ solo a part.  
*
Solo takes priority between solo and mute settings. This means that if you specify Solo for a part that was previously  
muted, Mute will be defeated for that part, and it will be set to Solo. Even if you subsequently cancel Solo, that part  
will not return to Mute. If you want to mute that part once again, use the procedure described in “Muting a part.”  
Mu tin g a p a rt  
fig.5-08  
1,4  
2
3
1 . Press [INST].  
The button will light.  
2 . Press [PART ] or [PART ] to select the part that you want to mute.  
fig.5-08a_67.2  
3 . When you hold down [SHIFT] and press [PART ], the  
part you selected in step 2 will be muted. The bar graph  
of a muted part will be displayed as shown in the  
diagram at right.  
When you press [SHIFT]+[PART ] once again, muting will be defeated.  
2 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Using the internal sound generator  
So lo in g a p a rt  
When multiple parts are sounding, you can cause only the currently selected part to sound, allowing you  
to check the performance of that part. This is referred to as “soloing” the part.  
fig.5-09  
1,4  
2
3
1 . Press [INST].  
The button will light.  
2 . Press [PART ] or [PART ] to select the part that you want to solo.  
fig.5-09a  
3 . Hold down [SHIFT] and press [PART ] to solo the part  
you selected in step 2. Parts other than the soloed part  
will not sound, nor will the bar graph be displayed.  
Solo will be defeated when you press [SHIFT]+[PART ] once again.  
2 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Using the internal sound generator  
Ab o u t p a ra m e te rs  
This section explains the parameters (items that you can set). Parameters are settings that determine how  
a sound is produced, and the process of modifying the values of the parameters is called “editing.”  
If you are using the SD-80 in GM2 mode or Native mode, some of the Part parameter values can be  
edited from the panel of the SD-80 itself. In other modes, parameter values cannot be edited from the  
panel of the SD-80. However, the parameters can be edited by using the editing functionality of your  
computer software or sequencer.  
For details on how to edit the parameters, refer to the “MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the  
included CD-ROM. The adjustable range of each parameter is printed in this manual as described in the  
comment column of the MIDI implementation.  
In te rn a l o p e ra tio n o f p a ra m e te rs  
When you select a sound, the sound data is loaded into a memory location called the “temporary area.”  
The SD-80 produces sound based on the data in this temporary area.  
fig.5-14  
When you edit a sound or drum set, you are temporarily  
modifying the settings of the data in the temporary area. It is  
Internal sounds  
not possible for the edited sounds to be saved in the  
internal memory of the SD-80. Your edits will be lost when  
Called up  
you turn off the power. If you want to preserve the edited  
state, you can either make a note of the settings, or save  
them on an external MIDI device, such as a MIDI sequencer  
("Writing/loading SD-80 settings" (p. 69)).  
Temporary area  
3 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Using the internal sound generator  
Ed itin g th e p a ra m e te rs  
Parameters can be controlled from the SD-80's panel only in GM2 mode and Native mode.  
Of the parameters that can be controlled from the SD-80, only MFX settings that were edited in Native  
mode can be saved within the SD-80 as a user patch ("Saving a patch" (p. 50)).  
Chorus/ reverb settings and part parameters will be lost when the SD-80 is powered-off. We recommend  
that you store these settings in a sequencer program or on an external MIDI sequencer, by using  
individual data transmission ("Writing/loading SD-80 settings" (p. 69)).  
Ed itin g p a rt p a ra m e te rs  
You can change the way in which the sound selected for a part will be heard, to adjust the sound ideally  
for your performance. Part parameters include parameters that adjust the volume, tonal character, and  
pitch.  
fig.5-10  
2,7  
1 . Make sure that the sound generator mode is set to either GM2 or Native.  
("Switching the sound generator mode" (p. 22).  
2 . Press [INST].  
The button will light.  
3 . Select the part and sound.  
("Selecting a part" (p. 23) and "Selecting a sound" (p. 26))  
fig.5-10a_67.2  
4 . After you have selected the part and sound, press  
[PAGE ] or [PAGE ] to access the parameter that you  
want to edit.  
5 . Turn the [VALUE] dial.  
The value of the parameter you selected in step 4 will change.  
6 . If you want to keep the results of your editing, hold down [SHIFT] and press [ENTER] after step 5. The  
current setting will be transmitted from the USB connector ("USB mode" (p. 19)) or the MIDI OUT  
connector ("MIDI mode" (p. 20)).  
7 . Press [INST] once again to return to the main screen.  
*
If you want to transmit the state of the sound generator to an external MIDI device all at once, use Bulk Dump. For  
details on Bulk Dump, refer to "Transmitting a bulk dump" (p. 69).  
3 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Using the internal sound generator  
Ed itin g p a ra m e te rs th a t a re co m m o n to a ll p a rts  
Heres an example of how to edit parameters that are common to all parts.  
fig.5-12  
5
1
3
2
4
1 . Simultaneously press [PART ] and [PART ].  
A screen will appear in which you can edit parameters for all parts.  
fig.5-12a_67.2  
2 . Press [PAGE ] or [PAGE ] to select the parameter that  
you want to edit (e.g., Master Volume).  
3 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to adjust the value of the  
parameter you selected in step 2.  
4 . If you want to keep the results of your edit, hold down [SHIFT] and press [ENTER] after step 3. The  
current setting will be transmitted from the USB connector ("USB mode" (p. 19)) or the MIDI OUT  
connector ("MIDI mode" (p. 20)).  
5 . Press [INST] to return to the main screen.  
3 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using the internal sound generator  
Ab o u t p a ra m e te rs th a t ca n b e e d ite d fro m th e SD-8 0 ’s p a n e l  
The following parameters can be edited from the panel in GM2 mode or Native mode.  
Parameter name  
Parameter name  
Modulation Depth  
Inst Type  
Volume  
Panpot  
Portamento SW  
TVF Resonance  
Portamento Time  
TVF Cutoff  
Release Time  
Attack Time  
Decay Time  
Vibrato Rate  
Vibrato Depth  
Vibrato Delay  
Reverb Send Level  
Pitch Bend Sensitivity  
Coarse Tune  
Scale/ Octave Tuning Adjust  
Legato SW  
Part Keyboard Fade Width Lower  
Part Keyboard Range Upper  
Part Dry Send Level  
Part Output Assign  
Master Fine Tuning  
Chorus Send Level  
Fine Tune  
Mono/ Poly Mode  
RX Channel  
Part Velocity Sens Offset  
Part Keyboard Range Lower  
Part Keyboard Fade Width Upper  
Part Output MFX Select  
Master Volume  
Master Coarse Tuning  
On the SD-80, parameter values are specified for the Part. In other words, these parameters belong to the  
part, and not to the sound (instrument). For example, if you set Vibrato Rate to +20 and then select a  
different sound for that part, the Vibrato Rate of the newly selected sound will stay at +20, and will not be  
the default setting of +/ -0. Parts that belong to the Part in this way are called “part parameters.”  
Pa rt p a ra m e te rs (GM2 m o d e , N a tive m o d e )  
Inst Type  
INST, DRUM  
The part mode can be switched between Inst and Drum Set.  
Select INST for parts that will play conventional instrumental sounds (Inst parts). Select DRUM for parts  
that will play percussion or drum sounds (Drum parts). For a drum part, each different MIDI note  
number will play a different sound (instrument), allowing you to play a variety of percussion instrument  
sounds from a single part ("Drum set list (GM2 / Native mode)" (p. 105)).  
Each part 1–16 can be set either as an Inst part (to play a conventional sound), or a Drum part (to play a  
drum set).  
Modulation Depth  
0–10–127  
Specifies the depth of vibrato.  
Volume [cc#7]  
0–100–127  
Adjusts the volume of each part. Increasing this value will make the sound louder. The overall volume of  
the entire SD-80 is adjusted by the [VOLUME] knob. If the [VOLUME] knob is set to the minimum  
position, there will be no sound even if you raise this level parameter.  
Panpot [cc#10]  
L64–0–63R  
Adjusts the pan (localization of the sound image; effective when stereo output is used) of the part.  
For some sounds, a small amount of sound may be heard from the opposite speaker even if this parameter is set to far  
right or far left.  
*
*
In a drum set, the pan setting of each individual percussion sound is fixed. When you edit the pan setting of a drum  
part, the overall panning of the entire drum set will change.  
3 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Using the internal sound generator  
Portamento SW [cc#65]  
ON/OFF, (PATCH: Native mode only)  
0–127, (PATCH: Native mode only)  
Turn this ON when you want to use portamento.  
Portamento Time [cc#5]  
Adjusts the time over which the next pitch will be reached.  
Portamento is a function that changes the pitch smoothly from one note to the next.  
Portamento will be switched on/ off when a Portamento message is received. Portamento Time specifies  
the speed of the pitch change. A Portamento Control message can be received to specify the “source note  
number” (the previously played note).  
*
When you apply portamento by playing a note that is below the currently played note, the range of the effect may be  
limited (approximately two octaves).  
Filte r  
You can adjust the tonal character of the sound by editing the filter values. The filters of the SD-80 are a  
type called Low Pass Filters, which pass the region of sound that lies below a specified frequency. This  
frequency is called the Cutoff Frequency. By adjusting the cutoff frequency, you can make the sound  
brighter or darker.  
The cutoff frequency will also change over time according to an envelope. By adjusting the filter and  
envelope, you can create sounds that have movement and expression.  
fig.p8-1j  
Higher frequencies  
Low  
pass  
filter  
Cutoff frequency  
Lower frequencies  
TVF Resonance [cc#71]  
-64–0–+63  
Increasing the resonance value will emphasize the harmonics in the region of the cutoff frequency, giving  
a distinctive character to the sound.  
*
For some sounds, negative (-) settings of Resonance will not produce any audible difference.  
fig.p8-2j  
Level  
Frequency  
Cutoff frequency  
Low  
High  
Resonance  
TVF Cutoff Freq (TVF Cutoff Frequency) [cc#74] -64–0–+63  
Sets the cutoff frequency of the filter.  
Positive (+) settings for the Brightness parameter will raise the cutoff frequency. Negative (-) settings will  
lower the cutoff frequency. Increasing this value in the positive direction will pass more of the high-  
frequency component, making the sound brighter (harder). Increasing this value in the negative direction  
will cut more of the high-frequency component, making the sound more mellow (darker).  
*
For some sounds, positive (+) settings of TVF Cutoff Freq will not produce any audible difference.  
3 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Using the internal sound generator  
En ve lo p e  
fig.p8-3j  
The sound of a musical instrument changes over time from the  
moment the note begins until it ends. Such change can be expressed  
by the graph shown below. The shape of this change is distinctive of  
that particular instrument, and is an important factor that allows us  
to recognize the type of instrument. This shape is called the  
envelope.”  
Low pass filter characteristics  
Level  
Frequency  
Cutoff frequency  
fig.p9-1j  
The envelope of a musical instrument sound will  
A: Attack time  
D: Decay time  
R: Release time  
change depending on how the instrument is played. For  
Cutoff frequency  
example, when a trumpet is blown strongly, the sound  
will have a sharp and rapid attack, but when blown  
gently, the attack will be softer.  
Envelope  
Sound ends  
To adjust the sharpness of the attack, you can edit the  
Attack Time of the envelope. By adjusting the envelope  
parameters in this way, you can express a wide variety  
of the characteristics of an instrument.  
Time  
Level  
A
D
R
Note On  
Note Off  
The shape of the envelope that you specify in this way  
will also affect the movement of the cutoff frequency.  
If the cutoff frequency is lowered, it will rise as the envelope rises and fall as the envelope falls.  
Release Time (TVF&TVA Release) [cc#72] -64–0–+63  
This adjusts the time from when you release the key (note-off message) until the sound decays to silence.  
The cutoff frequency will also fall accordingly.  
Attack Time (TVF&TVA Attack) [cc#73]  
-64–0–+63  
This adjusts the sharpness with which the note begins.  
Decay Time (TVF&TVA Decay) [cc#75]  
-64–0–+63  
This adjusts the time from when the attack has been completed until the sustain level is reached (figure 1).  
*
*
For some sounds, the sustain level is 0 (figure 2). For example, this is the case for piano or guitar-type sounds.  
For some sounds, adjusting the various envelope times may not make any audible difference.  
fig.p9-2j  
figure 1  
Volume  
Sounds ends  
Sustain Level  
Time  
A
D
R
Note Off  
Note On  
figure 2  
A: Attack time  
D: Deacy time  
R: Release time  
Volume  
Sounds ends  
Time  
A
D
Note Off  
Note On  
3 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Using the internal sound generator  
Vib ra to  
fig.p7-1j  
Delay  
Vibrato is an effect that cyclically modulates the  
pitch. By applying vibrato, you can make your  
performance more expressive.  
Depth  
Note On  
Rate  
Vibrato Rate [cc#76]  
-64–0–+63  
This adjusts the speed (frequency) at which the pitch is modulated. Positive (+) settings will speed up the  
modulation, and negative (-) settings will slow down the modulation.  
Vibrato Depth [cc#77]  
-64–0–+63  
This adjusts the depth at which the pitch is modulated. Positive (+) settings will increase the depth of  
pitch modulation, and negative (-) settings will decrease the depth.  
Vibrato Delay [cc#78]  
-64–0–+63  
This adjusts the time to pass before vibrato begins. Positive (+) settings will lengthen the time before  
vibrato begins, and negative (-) settings will shorten the time.  
Reverb Send Level [cc#91]  
0–40–127  
This sets the depth of reverb for the part.  
Chorus Send Level [cc#93]  
0–127  
This sets the depth of chorus for the part.  
PitchBendSens (Pitch Bend Sensitivity)  
0– +/-2+/ -24, (PATCH: Native mode only))  
This specifies the maximum change in pitch that can be controlled by pitch bend. A setting of 12 allows  
one octave of change, and a setting of 24 allows two octaves of change. With a setting of 0, pitch bend will  
not affect the pitch at all.  
Fine Tune (Channel Fine Tuning) -50–0–+50  
Use this when you want to make fine adjustments to the pitch of an individual part. Positive (+) settings  
will raise the pitch, and negative (-) settings will lower the pitch. By setting two or more parts to the same  
MIDI channel and instrument, and using Fine Tune to slightly spread apart the pitch of each part, you can  
play these parts together to create rich and spacious sounds.  
*
To adjust the pitch of all parts together, edit the Master Fine Tune setting (p. 38).  
Coarse Tune (Channel Coarse Tuning) -64–0–+63  
The Channel Coarse Tuning parameter transposes (shifts the key of) an individual part.  
“Transpose” means to change the pitch in steps of a semitone. For example, when playing song data from  
your sequencer software, you can make the song play in another key without changing the settings of  
your software. Or if you want to sing along with the song data playback but the pitch is too high or too  
low, you can edit this parameter to transpose the pitch to a comfortable range.  
Each step up (down) will raise (lower) the pitch by one semitone. This means that a setting of 12 will  
transpose the pitch one octave. With a setting of 0, the pitch will not be changed.  
*
To transpose all parts together, use Master Coarse Tuning (p. 38).  
Mono/Poly (Mono/Poly mode) [cc#126/127] Poly, Mono, (PATCH: Native mode only)  
If this is set to Mono mode, the instrument of that part will play only one note at a time. Using Mono  
mode is effective for parts that play naturally monophonic instruments such as trumpet or sax. Select Poly  
mode for parts that will be playing chords.  
*
For a drum part, switching between mono/poly modes will not affect the sound.  
Scale/Octave Tuning Adjust -64–0–+63  
Scale Tuning is a function that lets you make fine adjustments to the pitch of each note in the octave. You  
can make one octave of settings, and these settings will adjust the pitch of all octaves in the same way.  
Scale Tune allows you to play scales other than the conventional equal tempered scale.  
3 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Using the internal sound generator  
Pa rt p a ra m e te rs (N a tive m o d e )  
In addition to the Part parameters described in the preceding pages, Native mode also allows you to  
adjust the following parameters.  
Rx Channel (Receive channel)  
1–16, OFF  
This specifies the MIDI channel that is assigned to the part. If this is turned OFF for a part, all MIDI  
messages other than system exclusive messages will be ignored by that part, meaning that it will not  
sound.  
Legato SW [CC#68]  
ON/OFF, (PATCH: Native mode only)  
Turn this ON when you want to use legato, and OFF if you do not. Legato is a function that is valid when  
MONO mode is selected for the part. If Legato is ON, pressing a note while the previous note is still held  
down will cause the sound to be maintained while it shifts to the pitch of the newly pressed note. This lets  
you simulate performance techniques such as the “hammering-on” and “pulling-off” used by guitarists.  
Part Velocity Sens Offset (Part Velocity Sensitivity Offset) -63–0–+63  
This adjusts the degree to which playing dynamics will affect the volume and cutoff frequency.  
Part Keyboard Fade Width Lower  
0–127  
This specifies how the volume will change when you play notes that are outside the lower limit of the  
parts key range. With higher settings of this parameter, the volume will decrease gradually. If you want  
there to be no sound at all when you play below the specified key range, set this to 0.  
Part Keyboard Range Lower  
C-1–UPPER  
Specifies the lowest note of the keyboard range for the part.  
Part Keyboard Range Upper  
LOWER–G9  
Specifies the highest note of the keyboard range for the part.  
Part Keyboard Fade Width Upper  
0–127  
This specifies how the volume will change when you play notes that are outside the upper limit of the  
parts key range. With higher settings of this parameter, the volume will decrease gradually. If you want  
there to be no sound at all when you play above the specified key range, set this to 0.  
fig.5-15  
*
It is not possible to set the Lower Range above the  
Level  
Note number  
Upper Range, nor the Upper Range below the  
Lower. If you attempt to do so, the Lower and  
Upper values will change together.  
0
Lower  
Upper  
127  
U.Fade value  
L.Fade value  
3 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Using the internal sound generator  
Part Output Assign  
MFX, 1, 2, 1L, 1R, 2L, 2R, PATCH  
This specifies where the output signal of the part will be sent.  
MFX:  
1:  
Output to MFX.  
Output the unprocessed sound from OUTPUT 1, without using MFX.  
Output the unprocessed sound from OUTPUT 2, without using MFX.  
Output the unprocessed sound from the L jack of OUTPUT 1.  
Output the unprocessed sound from the R jack of OUTPUT 1.  
Output the unprocessed sound from the L jack of OUTPUT 2.  
Output the unprocessed sound from the R jack of OUTPUT 2.  
The settings of the patch (instrument) will be applied. If the patch is set to use MFX, the  
sound will be sent to MFX. If not, the DRY sound will be output.  
2:  
1L:  
1R:  
2L:  
2R:  
PATCH:  
*
Select 1L, 1R, 2L, or 2R when you want to use the output jacks as four parallel outputs.  
PART Output MFX Select MFX-A, MFX-B, MFX-C  
If MFX is selected for Part Output Assign, select one of the three MFX units to which the sound will be  
sent.  
PART Dry Send Level  
0–127  
This specifies the level of the output to the output destination youve selected for Part Output Assign.  
Pa ra m e te rs co m m o n to a ll p a rts (GM2 m o d e , N a tive m o d e )  
The following parameters common to all parts can be edited from the panel of the SD-80.  
Master Volume  
0–127  
Adjusts the volume of all parts. Increasing this value will increase the volume.  
The basic overall volume of the SD-80 is adjusted with the [VOLUME] knob. If the [VOLUME] knob is set  
to the minimum position, there will be no sound even if you use this parameter to raise the volume.  
Master Fine Tuning  
415.3–440.0–466.2 Hz  
When you are playing in an ensemble with other instruments, or want to adjust the SD-80 to the tuning of  
another instrument, you can adjust the Master Tuning in a range from 415.3 Hz to 466.2 Hz. The  
displayed value (for example 440.0 Hz) is the frequency of the A4 note (note number 69).  
Master Coarse Tuning  
-24–0–+24  
This parameter transposes the pitch of all parts in semitone steps. For example, when using your  
sequencer software to play song data, this parameter can be adjusted to change the key without having to  
change the settings of your software. As another example, you can adjust this parameter to transpose the  
pitch to a comfortable range when you want to sing along with song data that is too high or too low for  
your voice.  
Increasing (decreasing) this value by one will raise (lower) the pitch by one semitone. Thus, a setting of 12  
will change the pitch by one octave. With a setting of 0, the pitch will not be transposed. This parameter  
lets you adjust the pitch in semitone steps over a range of +/ -2 octaves.  
*
The pitch of drum parts will not change even if you adjust the Master Coarse Tuning to transpose all parts.  
3 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Usin g th e e ffe cts o f th e in te rn a l so u n d g e n e ra to r  
Ab o u t th e so u n d g e n e ra to r e ffe cts  
The SD-80 contains the following four effects processors, and each can be set independently.  
Ch o ru s  
Chorus is an effect that adds depth and spaciousness to the sound.  
Re ve rb  
Reverb is an effect that adds the reverberation typically heard in a concert hall.  
Eq u a lize r  
This is an effect that boosts or cuts the level of specific frequency bands of the sound, modifying its tonal  
character.  
Mu lti-e ffe ct  
Multi-effect provides 90 different effect types. These include single effects such as distortion and delay, as  
well as multiple types that combine two or more effects. Chorus and reverb are additionally provided as  
multi-effect effect types, but you can also use the separate chorus and reverb units to apply these effects.  
On the SD-80, you can use three of these multi-effects independently.  
3 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Using the effects of the internal sound generator  
Ed itin g th e so u n d g e n e ra to r e ffe cts  
You can edit the sound generator effects when the sound generator mode is either GM2 mode or Native  
mode.  
fig.6-01b  
2
4
1 . Switch the sound generator to GM2 mode or Native mode. For details on switching the sound generator  
mode, refer to "Switching the sound generator mode" (p. 22).  
2 . Press [EFFECT]. The sound generator Effect Edit screen will appear.  
3 . Press [PAGE ] or [PAGE ] to select the parameter that  
you want to edit.  
*
MFX cannot be selected if the sound generator mode is GM2  
mode.  
4 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to modify the value of the parameter you selected in step 4. This completes the  
steps needed to edit an effect parameter.  
4 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Using the effects of the internal sound generator  
Pa ra m e te rs th a t ca n b e e d ite d in GM2 m o d e  
The sound generator effect parameters that can be edited using the SD-80s controls will differ depending  
on the sound generator mode (GM2 or Native). In the SD-80s GM2 mode, you can edit the reverb and  
chorus parameters. The following parameters can be edited.  
Re ve rb (Sy ste m Effe ct)  
This includes parameters that specify the type of reverb, how the reverb sound will be heard, and how it  
will be output.  
Reverb Type  
Selection for the type of reverb.  
Type  
Explanation  
Small Room  
Medium Room  
Large Room  
Medium Hall  
Large Hall  
Plate  
This reverb simulates the reverberation of a room. It produces a crisp and spacious re-  
verberation.  
This reverb simulates the reverberation of a hall. It produces a deeper sensation than  
Room.  
This simulates a plate echo (a reverb unit that uses the vibration of a metal plate).  
Reverb Time  
0–127  
Specifies the duration of the reverb. Higher settings will produce a longer reverb time. The default setting  
will depend on the Reverb Type setting.  
Reverberation  
time (seconds)  
Type  
Default setting  
Small Room  
Medium Room  
Large Room  
Medium Hall  
Large Hall  
Plate  
44  
50  
56  
64  
64  
50  
1.1  
1.3  
1.5  
1.8  
1.8  
1.3  
Ch o ru s (Sy ste m Effe ct)  
Chorus Type  
Selection for the type of chorus. The default setting of each parameter will depend on the Chorus Type.  
Type  
Explanation  
Chorus 1  
Chorus 2  
Chorus 3  
Chorus 4  
FB Chorus  
Flanger  
A conventional chorus effect that adds spaciousness and depth to the sound.  
A chorus with a flanger-like character, producing a fresh sound.  
Produces a sound reminiscent of a jet airplane taking off and landing.  
Type  
Feedback  
0 (0%)  
5 (4%)  
Mod Rate  
3 (0.4 Hz)  
9 (1.1 Hz)  
3 (0.4 Hz)  
9 (1.1 Hz)  
2 (0.2 Hz)  
1 (0.1 Hz)  
Mod Depth  
5 (1.9 ms)  
19 (6.3 ms)  
19 (6.3 ms)  
16 (5.3 ms)  
24 (7.8 ms)  
5 (1.9 ms)  
Rev Send  
0 (0%)  
0 (0%)  
0 (0%)  
0 (0%)  
0 (0%)  
0 (0%)  
Chorus 1  
Chorus 2  
Chorus 3  
Chorus 4  
FB Chorus  
Flanger  
8 (6%)  
16 (12%)  
64 (49%)  
112 (86%)  
4 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Using the effects of the internal sound generator  
Mod Rate (Modulation Rate)  
0–127  
Specifies the speed (frequency) at which the chorus sound will be modulated. Higher settings produce  
faster modulation.  
Mod Depth (Modulation Depth)  
0–127  
Specifies the depth of modulation for the chorus sound. Higher settings will produce deeper modulation.  
Feedback  
0–127  
Specifies the level of the chorus sound that will be re-input to the chorus (i.e., the amount of feedback).  
Feedback lets you produce a denser chorus sound. Increasing this value will raise the feedback level.  
Send to Reverb  
0–127  
Specifies the amount of chorus sound that will be sent to reverb. Higher settings will increase the amount  
that is sent to reverb.  
EQ (Eq u a lize r)  
You can make equalizer settings for the output of the sound generator section.  
EQ1L:  
EQ1R:  
EQ2L:  
EQ2R:  
EQ for the left channel (Lch) of the OUTPUT 1 stereo output  
EQ for the right channel (Rch) of the OUTPUT 1 stereo output  
EQ for the left channel (Lch) of the OUTPUT 2 stereo output  
EQ for the right channel (Rch) of the OUTPUT 2 stereo output  
EQ Switch  
Off, On  
Switches the equalizer on/ off.  
EQ1 Low Frequency  
EQ2 Low Frequency  
200/400 Hz  
200/400 Hz  
Specify the frequency at which the low range will be adjusted.  
EQ1 Low Gain  
EQ2 Low Gain  
-15–+15  
-15–+15  
Specify the gain (amount of boost or cut) of the low range. Increasing this setting in the positive direction  
will emphasize the low range.  
EQ1 High Frequency  
EQ2 High Frequency  
2000/4000/8000 Hz  
2000/4000/8000 Hz  
Specify the frequency at which the high range will be adjusted.  
EQ1 High Gain  
EQ2 High Gain  
-15–+15 dB  
-15–+15 dB  
Specify the gain (amount of boost or cut) of the high range. Increasing this setting in the positive direction  
will emphasize the high range.  
4 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using the effects of the internal sound generator  
Pa ra m e te rs th a t ca n b e e d ite d in N a tive m o d e  
The sound generator effect parameters that can be edited using the front panel of the SD-80 will differ  
depending on the sound generator mode (GM2 or Native mode). In the SD-80s Native mode, you can  
edit the parameters of the two system effects and three MFX (multi-effects). The following parameters can  
be edited.  
Re ve rb (Sy ste m Effe ct)  
This includes parameters that specify the type of reverb, how the reverb will be sounded, and how it will  
be output.  
Reverb Type  
Selection for the type of reverb. The parameters that can be edited will depend on the Reverb Type.  
Type  
Explanation  
0 (OFF)  
Reverb will not be used.  
1 (Reverb)  
2 (SRV Room)  
3 (SRV Hall)  
4 (SRV Plate)  
5 (GM2)  
Basic reverb.  
Reverb that simulates the reverberation of a room in greater detail.  
Reverb that simulates the reverberation of a hall in greater detail.  
Reverb that simulates a plate echo (a reverb device that uses a metal plate).  
This is the same as GM2 reverb.  
Reverb Level  
0–127  
Specifies the output level of the signal that has passed through the reverb.  
Reverb Source  
COMMON, PART 1–32  
Reverb parameters (reverb type, reverb time, etc.) exist both outside the sound (COMMON) and within  
the sound (PATCH). This setting specifies which set of parameters the reverb unit will use.  
Output Assign  
1, 2  
Selects the output jacks for the reverb. You can select either OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT 2 stereo outputs.  
W h e n Re ve rb Ty p e is se t to 1 (Re ve rb )  
The following parameters can be edited when Reverb Type is set to 1 (Reverb).  
Type (Reverb/Delay Type)  
Specifies the type of reverb (or delay).  
Value  
Explanation  
ROOM 1  
ROOM 2  
STAGE 1  
STAGE 2  
HALL 1  
HALL 2  
DELAY  
Reverb with short duration and high density  
Reverb with short duration and low density  
Reverb with a greater amount of subsequent reverberation  
Reverb with strong early reflections  
Reverb with a transparent character  
Rich reverb  
Conventional delay  
PAN-DELAY  
Delay with reflections that pan (move) between left and right  
Time (Reverb/Delay Time)  
0–127  
When the Type is ROOM 1–HALL 2 this adjusts the duration of the reverb. When the Type is DELAY or  
PAN-DELAY, this specifies the delay time. Increasing this value will produce a more spacious feeling.  
4 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Using the effects of the internal sound generator  
HF Damp (Reverb/Delay HF Damp)  
Specifies the frequency above which the high-frequency component of the reverb sound will be cut.  
Lowering this value will cause a greater portion of the high-frequency range to be cut, producing a softer-  
toned reverb sound. If no cutting is desired, set this to BYPASS.  
Values:  
200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000  
Hz, BYPASS  
Feedback (Delay Feedback)  
0–127  
When the Type is DELAY or PAN-DELAY, this specifies the amount of delay sound that will be returned  
(fed back) to the input of the delay. Raising this value will cause the delay to continue repeating for a  
greater number of times.  
W h e n Re ve rb Ty p e is 2 (Ro o m ), 3 (SRV Ha ll), o r 4 (SRV Pla te )  
Pre Delay (Pre Delay Time)  
0.0–100 ms  
Specifies the amount of time that is to pass after the original sound is heard before the reverb begins to  
sound.  
Time (Reverb Time)  
0–127  
Specifies the length of time over which the reverb sound will decay.  
Size  
1–8  
Adjusts the size of the room/ hall. Higher settings will simulate a larger space.  
High Cut (High Cut Frequency)  
Specifies the frequency above which the high-frequency component of the final output sound will be cut.  
If no cutting is desired, set this to BYPASS.  
Range:  
160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 640, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200, 4000, 5000, 6400,  
8000, 10000, 12500 Hz, BYPASS  
Density (Reverb Density)  
0–127  
Adjusts the density of the reverb sound. Higher settings will produce a denser sound.  
Diffusion (Reverb Diffusion)  
0–127  
Adjusts the way in which the density of the reverb sound will change over time. With higher settings of  
this parameter, the sound will become denser as time passes. The effect of this parameter is easy to notice  
with longer Reverb Time settings.  
LF Damp Freq (LF Damp Frequency)  
Specifies the frequency below which the low-frequency component of the reverb sound will be cut.  
Range:  
50, 64, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 640, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200,  
4000 Hz  
LF Damp Gain  
-36–0 dB  
Adjusts the amount of attenuation for LF Damp. With a setting of “0,” LF Damp will have no effect.  
HF Damp Freq (HF Damp Frequency)  
Specifies the frequency above which the high-frequency component of the reverb sound will be cut.  
Range:  
4000, 5000, 6400, 8000, 10000, 12500 Hz  
HF Damp Gain  
-36–0 dB  
Adjusts the amount of attenuation for HF Damp. With a setting of “0,” HF Damp will have no effect.  
4 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the effects of the internal sound generator  
Ch o ru s (Sy ste m Effe ct)  
On the SD-80, the chorus section can also be used as a delay.  
Here you can edit parameters that select either chorus or delay, and specify how the chorus/ delay sound  
will be heard and output.  
Chorus Type  
Selection for the type of chorus (or delay).  
Value  
Explanation  
0 (Off)  
Chorus/ delay will not be used.  
Chorus will be used.  
Delay will be used.  
1 (Chorus)  
2 (Delay)  
3 (GM2)  
This is the same as GM2 reverb.  
Chorus Output Select  
MAIN, REV, MAIN+REV  
Specifies the output destination of the signal that has passed through chorus.  
figMAIN:  
.6-1(MAIN)  
Output the signal to the OUTPUT  
of the MIDI sound generator  
block.  
Chorus Input  
Chorus Input  
Chorus  
Output  
MAIN:  
REV:  
fig.6-2(REV)  
Chorus  
Reverb  
Output  
Output the signal only to reverb.  
fig.6-3(MAIN+REV)  
Chorus Input  
Reverb Input  
Chorus  
Output  
Output  
Output the signal to the OUTPUT  
of the MIDI sound generator  
block, as well as to reverb.  
MAIN+REV:  
Reverb  
Chorus Level  
0–127  
Specifies the output level of the signal that has passed through the chorus.  
Chorus Parameter 1-12  
Edit the chorus parameters.  
The parameters that can be edited will depend on the type of chorus/ delay you specified for Chorus  
Type.  
Chorus Source  
COMMON, PART 1–32  
Chorus parameters (chorus type, chorus rate, etc.) exist both outside the sound (COMMON) and within  
the sound (PATCH). This setting specifies which set of parameters the chorus unit will use.  
Output Assign  
1, 2  
Selects the output jacks for the reverb. You can select either OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT 2 stereo outputs.  
W h e n Ch o ru s Ty p e is 1 (CHO RUS)  
Rate (Chorus Rate)  
0.05–10.00 Hz  
Specifies the frequency at which the chorus sound will be modulated.  
Depth (Chorus Depth)  
0–127  
Specifies the depth to which the chorus sound will be modulated.  
Feedback (Chorus Feedback)  
0–127  
Specifies the amount of chorused sound that will be returned (fed back) to the input of the chorus.  
Increasing this value will produce a more complex chorus effect.  
4 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Using the effects of the internal sound generator  
Phase  
0–180 degrees  
0.0–100 ms  
Specifies the spaciousness of the chorus sound.  
Pre Delay (Chorus Pre Delay)  
Specifies the amount of time that is to pass after the original sound has been heard before the chorus  
sound is heard. Increasing this value heightens the dispersal effect.  
Type (Filter Type)  
Specifies the type of filter.  
Value  
OFF  
LPF  
Explanation  
The filter will not be used.  
The frequency band above the cutoff frequency setting will be cut.  
The frequency band below the cutoff frequency setting will be cut.  
HPF  
Cutoff freq (Cutoff Frequency)  
Specifies the frequency at which the filter will begin cutting the specified frequency band.  
Range:  
200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
W h e n th e Ch o ru s Ty p e is 2 (DELAY)  
Center (Delay Center)  
200–1000 ms, note value  
Specifies the delay time for the delay sound panned to the center.  
Left (Delay Left)  
200–1000 ms, note value  
Specifies the delay time for the delay sound panned to the left.  
Right (Delay Right)  
200–1000 ms, note value  
Specifies the delay time for the delay sound panned to the right.  
HF Damp  
Specifies the frequency at which the high-frequency portion will be cut for the delay sound that is  
returned to the input. If you do not want to cut this sound, select BYPASS.  
Range:  
200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS  
Feedback  
-98–+98%  
Specifies the amount of feedback. Changing the amount of feedback will change the number of times that  
the delay will repeat. Negative (-) settings will invert the phase of the feedback sound.  
Center (Delay Center Level)  
0–127  
Specifies the level of the delay sound localized at the center.  
Left (Delay Left Level)  
0–127  
Specifies the level of the delay sound localized at the left.  
Right (Delay Right Level)  
0–127  
Specifies the level of the delay sound localized at the right.  
MFX (Mu lti-e ffe cts)  
This section explains how to select a multi-effect, and to edit the parameters that determine how the  
multi-effect sound is produced and output.  
MFX A-C Type (Multi-effect A–C Type)  
0–90  
Provides for selection among the 90 types of multi-effect. For details on the various effects that are  
available, refer to MFX_E.pdf on the included CD-ROM.  
MFX A-C Dry Send Level (Multi-effect A–C Dry Send Level)0–127  
Specifies the level at which the signal processed by the multi-effect will be output.  
4 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Using the effects of the internal sound generator  
MFX A-C Chorus Send Level (Multi-effect A–C Chorus Send Level)0–127  
Specifies the level at which the signal processed by the multi-effect will be sent to the Chorus effect.  
MFX A-C Reverb Send Level (Multi-effect A–C Reverb Send Level)0–127  
Specifies the level at which the signal processed by the multi-effect will be sent to the Reverb effect.  
MFX A-C Control 1-4 Source (MFX A–C Control 1–4 Source)  
Specifies the control source that will modify the multi-effect parameter, and the sensitivity of the control.  
Value  
Explanation  
OFF  
CC01–95  
PITCH BEND  
AFTERTOUCH  
SYS-CTRL 1–4  
A controller will not be used.  
Controller number 1–95 (except for 32)  
Pitch bend  
Aftertouch  
System control 1–4  
MFX A-C Control 1-4 Sens (MFX A–C Control 1–4 Sensitivity)-63–+63  
Set this to a positive (+) value if you want to apply changes to the present value in the positive direction  
(higher value, toward the right, faster, etc.). Set this to a negative value (-) if you want to apply changes to  
the present value in a negative direction (lower value, toward the left, slower, etc.). The greater the value,  
the greater the change produced.  
MFX A-C Parameter 1-32 (MFX A–C Parameter)  
Specifies the parameter of the multi-effect that you want to use. The parameters that can be edited will  
depend on the type of multi-effect you select in MFX Type (Multi-effect Type). For details on each effect  
parameter, refer to MFX_E.pdf in the included CD-ROM.  
Output Assign  
1, 2  
Selects the MFX output jacks. You can select either OUTPUT 1 or OUTPUT 2 stereo outputs.  
Usin g MFX in N a tive m o d e  
If you switch the sound generator to Native mode, you will be able to control the sound and MFX  
independently. In order to apply MFX to the sound of a specific part, you must do the following two  
things. These are part parameters. Press the [INST] button, and then use the [PAGE ] button to select the  
editing screen.  
Select the location (source) of the parameters used by MFX.  
Send the output of the part to MFX.  
Se le ct th e lo ca tio n o f th e p a ra m e te rs u se d b y MFX  
MFX A SOURCE (MFX A source)  
MFX B SOURCE (MFX B source)  
MFX C SOURCE (MFX C source)  
COMMON, PART 1–32  
COMMON, PART 1–32  
COMMON, PART 1–32  
MFX parameters (e.g., algorithm, reverb type, distortion type) exist both within the sounds (COMMON)  
and outside them. For each of the three MFX units, you can specify which parameters the unit will use.  
COMMON:  
One of the three sets of parameters stored outside the sounds will be used. A part whose  
Part Output MFX Select setting is set to MFX will use the effect settings you specify, and  
will not be affected by the effect settings of the sound that is called up for that part.  
The parameters stored within the sound called up for that part will be used. Parts whose  
Part Output MFX Select setting is set to MFX will be processed by the MFX effect  
settings of the part referenced by MFX. When another sound is called up for the part that  
is referenced, MFX A will operate according to the MFX settings of the newly requested  
sound, and the previously mentioned parts will also be processed by these effect settings.  
PART 1–32:  
4 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the effects of the internal sound generator  
Sp e cify in g th e o u tp u t d e stin a tio n o f th e p a rt  
PART OUTPUT ASSIGN  
MFX, 1, 2, 1L, 1R, 2L, 2R, PATCH  
Specify where the output signal of the part will be sent.  
MFX:  
1:  
Output to MFX.  
Output the unprocessed sound from OUTPUT 1, without using MFX.  
Output the unprocessed sound from OUTPUT 2, without using MFX.  
Output the unprocessed sound from the L jack of OUTPUT 1.  
Output the unprocessed sound from the R jack of OUTPUT 1.  
Output the unprocessed sound from the L jack of OUTPUT 2.  
Output the unprocessed sound from the R jack of OUTPUT 2.  
The settings of the patch (instrument) will be applied. If the patch is set to use MFX, the  
sound will be sent to MFX. If not, the DRY sound will be output.  
2:  
1L:  
1R:  
2L:  
2R:  
PATCH:  
*
Select 1L, 1R, 2L, or 2R when you want to use the output jacks as four parallel outputs.  
PART OUTPUT MFX SELECT MFX A, MFX B, MFX C  
Selects which of the three MFX units the sound will be sent to when MFX is selected for Part Output  
Assign.  
PART DRY SEND LEVEL  
Specifies the output level of the part when MFX is not used (i.e., when Part Output Assign is set to DRY).  
This setting is ignored when MFX is used.  
fig.6-4(mfxã÷é~)  
MFX o u tp u t d e stin a tio n  
MFX A  
MFX B  
Only one MFX can be selected as the output destination for  
one part. It is not possible to output a part to multiple MFX  
units simultaneously, or to send the output of an MFX unit to  
another MFX.  
MFX A  
MFX B  
Usin g so u n d s fro m th e En h a n ce d se t in N a tive m o d e  
Immediately after the sound generator mode is switched to Native mode, the three MFX will be assigned  
to parts 1, 2, and 3, respectively. When you select sounds from the Enhanced set, the effects will be  
applied only to parts 1, 2, and 3 unless you change the settings. If you want to use sounds from the  
Enhanced set for other parts in Native mode, perform the following steps.  
< Example: Using MFX A for part 4>  
1 . Set the MFX A Source to PART4. This allows the MFX A effect to be applied with the settings of the  
sound that is called up for part 4.  
2 . Set the Part 4 Output Assign to PATCH. This selects PATCH as the output destination for the part. Since  
the output setting of an Enhanced sound (patch) is set to MFX, calling up the sound to Part 4 will cause the  
signal to be output to MFX.  
*
You can apply an effect even if Part Output Assign is set to MFX. However, in this case, it will be output in a  
fixed manner to MFX even if you call up a sound from a different set to Part 4.  
3 . For Part Output MFX Select, specify which of the three MFX units (A–C) you want to use. For this  
example, select MFX A.  
EQ (Eq u a lize r)  
You can make equalizer settings for the output of the sound generator section.  
For details, refer to "EQ (Equalizer)" (p. 42).  
4 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Sy ste m -re la te d se ttin g s  
This chapter explains how to make settings that affect the entire system of the SD-80. Heres the basic  
procedure for setting these parameters.  
fig.7-1  
5
1
3
4
2
1 . Press [SYSTEM].  
The button will light.  
2 . Press [PAGE ] or [PAGE ] until the item you want to edit appears in the display.  
The following parameters can be set in the system screen.  
• LCD Contrast  
• Write Patch  
• Inst Init  
• Bulk Dump  
• Inst Startup  
• Sys.EX Device ID  
• Control Output  
• Preview Mode  
• Preview Note  
• Preview Velocity  
• System Tempo  
• USB Driver  
• Factory Reset  
3 . Turn the [VALUE] dial to edit the value of the item.  
4 . When you have selected the desired value, press [ENTER].  
*
Do not turn off the power while the settings are being saved (while the display indicates "Saving ..."). Doing so will  
cause all data within the SD-80 to be lost.  
5 . Press [INST] to return to the main screen.  
4 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
System-related settings  
Ad ju stin g th e co n tra st o f th e d isp la y  
Immediately after the power is turned on, or after the SD-80 has been used for an extended period, or  
depending on the location, the characters and icons in the display screen may be difficult to read. If this  
occurs, adjust the contrast of the display ("Adjusting the brightness of the display (Contrast)" (p. 15)).  
fig.7-1g  
LCD Contrast  
1–4–5  
This adjusts the contrast (darkness) of the SD-80s  
display. Increasing this value will darken the  
characters in the display.  
Sa vin g a p a tch  
If you have edited the multi-effect (MFX) settings of a sound in Native mode, your changes will be lost  
when you turn off the power of the SD-80. Thus, you can save MFX settings for each sound as a user  
patch in the SD-80's user memory.  
The user patches you save can be recalled from the front panel or via MIDI messages as User set sounds.  
If you want to select a User sound via MIDI, transmit a bank select message of CC#00 (MSB) = 87 for an Inst part,  
or CC#00 (MSB) = 86 for a Drum part. ("Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI" (p. 53))  
*
WritePatch  
Inst: U-001--U-128, Drum: U-001--U-016  
You can save 128 Inst patches and 16 Drum patches in  
the internal memory of the SD-80.  
*
WritePatch can be executed only when the sound generator mode is Native mode.  
In other cases, the display will indicate "---------", and this cannot be executed.  
Sw itch in g th e so u n d g e n e ra to r m o d e (In st In itia lize )  
The SD-80 has four sound generator modes: GM2, Native, GS, and XGlite. When you switch the sound  
generator mode, the sound generator will also be initialized, as appropriate for that mode.  
fig.7-1a  
Inst Init  
GM2, Native, GS, XGlite  
This switches the unit to the sound generator mode  
you select here, and initializes the sound generator  
appropriately. ("Switching the sound generator mode (Inst Initialize)" (p. 50))  
Inst Init is where you select the sound generator mode that you want to switch to. It does not indicate the current  
sound generator mode.  
*
Tra n sm ittin g so u n d g e n e ra to r se ttin g s to a n e x te rn a l  
MIDI d e vice  
The SD-80 can transmit the settings of its sound generator as MIDI data. There are two ways in which  
parameters can be transmitted: a group of parameter settings can be transmitted as a bulk dump, or a  
single parameter can be transmitted as individual data. ("Writing/loading SD-80 settings" (p. 69)) All  
data is transmitted in the form of system exclusive data.  
Use bulk dump when you want to save SD-80 settings on an external MIDI device. By transmitting a bulk  
dump, you can also set the parameters of two SD-80 units to identical settings. By sending individual data  
you can quickly and easily create data (e.g., for a sequencer) without having to look up each system  
exclusive message.  
5 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                           
System-related settings  
Bulk Dump  
A01–A16, B01–B16, COMMON, ALL  
fig.7-1ab  
Specifies the internal sound generator parameters that  
you want to transmit when the bulk dump is  
executed.  
*
*
Bulk Dump can be carried out only when the sound generator mode is Native mode.  
Otherwise, "---" will be displayed, indicating that the feature is unavailable.  
A01--A16 and B01--B16 will transmit the part parameters and patch parameters of the selected part. COMMON  
will transmit the parameters that are common to all parts, and ALL will transmit all parameters for A01--B16 and  
COMMON.  
USER AREA  
All 128 user patches and 16 user drum sets will be transmitted as bulk data. The transmitted data can be  
recorded by your sequencer software, or the like. If you transmit this recorded data back to the SD-80, all  
user patches and rhythm sets will be overwritten. Do not turn off the power while the settings are being  
written (while the display indicates "Saving...").  
*
Use this bulk transmission function to back up your user patches and rhythm sets.  
Sp e cify in g th e sta rt-u p so u n d g e n e ra to r m o d e  
Inst Startup  
GM2, NATIVE, GS  
This selects the mode in which the sound generator  
will be when the SD-80 is started up.  
Se ttin g th e De vice ID N u m b e r  
The Device ID Number is an identification number used when receiving and transmitting exclusive  
messages. The SD-80 relies on an identical device ID number when transmitting and receiving exclusive  
messages. This means that in order to use exclusive messages to transfer data, both devices must be set to  
the same device ID number.  
The device ID number is a number from 17 to 32. The factory setting is 17.  
SysEx. Device ID  
17–32  
fig.7-1bc  
Specifies the device ID number used when the sound  
generator mode is Native mode.  
*
*
When playing SMF music files produced by Roland/Edirol, you must set the device ID number to 17. Playback will  
not be correct if this is not set to 17.  
It is not possible to specify a different device ID number for each Part.  
Tra n sm ittin g b u tto n / k n o b o p e ra tio n s to a n e x te rn a l  
MIDI d e vice  
Control Output  
ON, OFF  
fig.7-1c  
Specify whether operations of the SD-80s own  
buttons and knobs will be transmitted to an external  
MIDI device.  
5 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                     
System-related settings  
Pre vie w se ttin g s  
By pressing [PREVIEW] you can audition the currently selected sound. This is called the preview  
function.  
Here you can make settings for the preview function ("Auditioning the sounds (Preview)" (p. 14)).  
Preview Mode  
PHRASE, SINGLE  
Switches the mode of the Preview function. Select  
PHRASE to use phrase preview, or SINGLE to select  
single-note preview.  
Preview Note  
C-1–C4–G9  
Specifies the pitch (key) of the note that will be  
sounded for single-note preview.  
Preview Velocity  
0–127  
Specifies the volume (velocity) of previews.  
Se ttin g th e sy ste m te m p o  
System Tempo  
20–120–250  
fig.7-1h  
This sets the tempo of the entire SD-80 system. When  
you set the Delay Time of an internal sound generator  
effect (MFX) to Clock (Tempo), it will follow the  
tempo you specify here.  
Sw itch in g th e d rive r  
fig.7-1h  
USB Driver  
VENDOR, GENERIC  
Selects the type of driver that will be used when the  
SD-80 is connected to your computer.  
VENDOR: The dedicated driver provided on the included CD-ROM will be used, allowing stable, high-  
speed MIDI transmission and reception. Normally, you should use this driver.  
GENERIC: The standard MIDI driver provided by the OS will be used.  
Re sto rin g th e fa cto ry se ttin g s  
fig.7-1i  
Factory Reset  
This resets all system parameters of the SD-80 to their  
factory-set condition.  
5 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                       
Co n tro llin g th e SD-8 0 via MIDI  
The functionality of the SD-80’s internal sound generator, mixer, and audio effects can be controlled by  
MIDI messages received from the USB connector or MIDI IN connector. This chapter provides various  
examples that show how MIDI messages can be used to operate the SD-80.  
*
For details on operation via MIDI, refer to “MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-ROM.  
Co n tro llin g th e in te rn a l so u n d g e n e ra to r  
MIDI messages can be used to control the internal sound generator.  
Sw itch in g th e so u n d g e n e ra to r m o d e  
You can use MIDI messages to switch the sound generator mode. Transmit one of the following  
messages according to the desired sound generator mode. When you switch the sound generator  
mode, the sound generator will be initialized.  
Sound Generator mode  
GM2 mode  
Native mode  
GS mode  
Message  
GM2 System On  
Native On  
GS Reset  
XG System On  
F0 7E 7F 09 03 F7  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 F7  
F0 41 10 42 12 40 00 7F 00 41 F7  
F0 43 10 4C 00 00 7E 00 F7  
XGlite mode  
Fe a tu re s o f N a tive m o d e  
Native mode allows you to take full advantage of the SD-80s sound generator structure. Use this mode  
when you want to edit the internal sounds or MFX in greater detail. Although this mode lets you control  
parameters that cannot be edited in other modes, operations in Native mode are not compatible with  
GM2. In other words, song data created in Native mode cannot be reproduced by playing it back  
on another GM2 sound generator.  
fig.5-01b  
MFX Parameter 1  
MFX Parameter 2  
MFX Parameter 3  
MFX A  
MFX B  
MFX OUT  
Instrument  
Parameters  
Part  
Parameters  
MFX C  
PART 1  
DRY OUT  
Instrument  
Parameters  
Part  
Parameters  
PART 32  
Signal Flow  
Parameter reference  
In Native mode, MFX and sounds (instruments) can be handled independently. For this reason, simply  
selecting an Enhanced sound will not automatically cause MFX to be applied. You will need to edit the  
part parameters in order to apply MFX.  
You can also apply effects to sounds other than the Enhanced set, or input the signals from multiple  
parts into a single MFX.  
*
For details on using MFX, refer to "Using the effects of the internal sound generator" (p. 39).  
5 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
A greater number of the Part parameters can be edited from the SD-80.  
When creating song data, you can select sounds from the Classical/ Contemporary/ Solo/ Enhanced  
sound sets simply by specifying the Bank MSB/ LSB and Program Number.  
You can use system exclusive messages to control the Patch parameters that create the sound; e.g.,  
pitch, TVF (filter), LFO, and envelope.  
*
For details on the parameters, refer to “Each Multi-Effects Parameters” (MFX_E.pdf) on the included CD-  
ROM.  
These sounds are selected individually for each of the 32 parts. Unlike the Part parameters, the sound  
(instrument) parameters belong to the sound (not to the Part), meaning that their settings will be  
overwritten by the newly selected sound when you switch sounds from the front panel or by using  
program change messages. (The Part parameters will remain as they were set.) If you want to use  
sound parameters within your song data, you must select the sound before you modify the  
parameters.  
fig.5-01c  
Specify the sound A parameters  
and part parameters at the  
beginning of the song  
Transmit a program change  
number during the song to  
switch to sound B  
Song data  
(time)  
Sound A  
Part  
Sound B  
Part  
parameters  
parameters  
parameters  
parameters  
Th e stru ctu re o f th e sy n th e size r  
When controlling the sound parameters, it is important to understand the structure of a conventional  
music synthesizer (oscillator, TVF, TVA, envelope, LFO). We recommend that you understand the  
following concepts before you use the operations described in this section.  
fig.5-01d  
LFO  
WAVE  
Provides for selection of the PCM waveform  
(wave) that is to form the basis of the sound,  
and specifies how its pitch will change.  
oscillator  
(WAVE)  
filter  
(TVF)  
level  
(TVA)  
TVF (Time Variant Filter)  
Determines how the frequency components  
of the sound will change.  
Pitch  
TVF  
TVA  
envelope  
envelope  
envelope  
TVA (Time Variant Amplifier)  
Specifies how the volume will change, and  
set the stereo position.  
Control signal  
Audio signal  
Envelope  
Specifies how change will occur over time.  
For example if you want to adjust the time over which the sound attacks or decays, you would adjust the  
TVA envelope to specify the desired volume changes.  
LFO (Low Frequency Oscillator)  
Specifies cyclic change (modulation). You can create vibrato by applying LFO to the pitch, “wah” by  
applying LFO to the TVF cutoff frequency, or tremolo by applying LFO to the TVA volume.  
5 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Sw itch in g th e so u n d se t  
GM2 mode and Native mode each have four sound sets (variations). You can use MIDI messages to  
switch between these sound sets.  
Sw itch in g th e so u n d se t in GM2 m o d e  
In GM2 mode, you can switch the sound set by transmitting a system exclusive message.  
<Example> Switch the sound set of Part 1 to the Enhanced set  
Transmit the following system exclusive data:  
fig.5-00_99  
Part (pp):  
20H = Part 1  
GM2 Instrument  
Set Select  
:
MIDI Multitimbre Part  
Part  
Inst Set  
3FH = Part 32  
Sound set (nn):00H = Classical set  
01H = Contemporary set  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [10 00 pp 3F] [nn] [ss] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
02H = Solo set  
(1) Exclusive status  
(2) ID (Roland : 41H)  
(3) Device ID  
(4) Model ID (SD-90 : 00H 48H)  
(5) Command ID (Data set : 12H)  
(6) Address  
(7) Data  
(8) Checksum  
(9) End of Exclusive  
03H = Enhanced set  
Checksum (ss): For details on the calculation  
method, refer to the section “How  
to calculate the checksum”  
within “MIDI Implementation”  
(MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included  
CD-ROM.  
(pp) specifies the part you want to switch, and (nn) selects the sound set.  
Sw itch in g th e so u n d se t in N a tive m o d e  
In Native mode, you can switch the sound set by transmitting a Bank Select message. The upper byte  
(MSB) of the MIDI bank number will switch the sound set.  
MIDI bank number:  
CC#00 (MSB) = **  
**:  
The set will be switched according to the value you insert here (decimal)  
80 (50H) = Special 1 set  
81 (51H) = Special 2 set  
96 (60H) = Classical set  
97 (61H) = Contemporary set  
98 (62H) = Solo set  
99 (63H) = Enhanced set  
87 (57H) = User set  
After transmitting CC#00, transmit CC#32 (Variation) and PC# (Program Change) messages to switch the  
sound ("Switching the sound set in Native mode" (p. 55)).  
5 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Sw itch in g th e ty p e o f p a rt  
Sw itch in g th e Pa rt Mo d e in GM2 m o d e  
In GM2, transmit a Bank Select message to switch the Part Mode.  
MIDI bank number:  
CC#00 (MSB) = **  
**:  
The part mode will be switched according to the value that you insert here (decimal).  
121 (79H) = Inst part  
120 (78H) = Drum part  
Sw itch in g th e Pa rt Mo d e in N a tive m o d e  
In Native mode, transmit a Bank Select message to switch the Part mode.  
MIDI bank number:  
CC#00 (MSB) = **  
**:  
The part mode will be switched according to the value that you insert here (decimal).  
Inst part:  
80 (50H) = Special 1 set  
81 (51H) = Special 2 set  
96 (60H) = Classical set  
97 (61H) = Contemporary set  
98 (62H) = Solo set  
99 (63H) = Enhanced set  
87 (57H) = User set  
Drum part:  
104 (60H) = Classical set  
105 (61H) = Contemporary set  
106 (62H) = Solo set  
107 (63H) = Enhanced set  
86 (56H) = User set  
Sw itch in g th e Pa rt Mo d e in GS m o d e  
In GS mode, the Inst mode and Drum Part are normally set as follows:  
Inst part:  
Part 1–9, 11–16  
Part 10  
Drum part:  
Transmit system exclusive data to switch the Part Mode.  
fig.5-2aj  
checksum  
data  
address  
Address:  
p:  
40 1p 15  
nn  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [ 40 1p 15 ] [  
] [ ss ] F7  
Part number  
Data:  
00–02 (00 = Normal, 01 = Drum1, 02 = Drum2)  
For details on the calculation method, refer to the section “How to calculate the  
Checksum:  
checksum” within “MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-  
ROM.  
<Example> Switching part 11 to a Drum part  
Transmit the following system exclusive data.  
fig.5-2bj  
After specifying the Part Mode, transmit a Program  
checksum  
data  
address  
Change to part 11 to select a drum set.  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [ 40 1A 15 ] [ 02 ] [ 0F ] F7  
checksum  
Drum 2  
Part 11  
5 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Correspondence between actual parts and part numbers in GS mode  
Actual part  
Part1  
Part2  
Part3  
Part4  
Part5  
Part6  
Part7  
Part8  
Part number  
Actual part  
Part9  
Part number  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Part10  
Part11  
Part12  
Part13  
Part14  
Part15  
Part16  
A
B
C
D
E
F
Data:  
00H = OFF (Normal part)  
01H = Set1 (Drum1)  
02H = Set2 (Drum2)  
(p) specifies the part you want to switch, and (nn) selects the sound set.  
Sw itch in g th e Pa rt Mo d e in XGlite m o d e  
Send a message that causes the sound generator to switch to XGlite mode (F0 43 10 4C 00 00 7E 00 F7), and  
then use a Bank Select message to select the sound ("Switching sounds" (p. 58)).  
5 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Sw itch in g so u n d s  
You can switch the sound (instrument) for each of the SD-80s parts by transmitting MIDI messages from  
sequencer software running on your computer.  
Sounds are specified by their Variation number and Instrument number, but the way in which these  
numbers are displayed may differ depending on your software. On the SD-80, variation numbers start  
from 0, and instrument numbers start from 1.  
The variation number corresponds to the MIDI bank number, and the instrument number corresponds to  
the MIDI program number.  
fig.4-8j  
SD-80 Map (Classic set)  
Explosion  
003  
Piano 1d  
Piano 1w  
Piano 1  
001  
Lasergun  
Machine Gun  
GunShot  
128  
002  
001  
000  
002  
001  
000  
Variation sounds  
Capital sounds  
Pulse Clav  
Clav  
Celesta  
Glockenspiel  
008  
009  
010  
Instrument Number  
Ho w to re a d th e in stru m e n t list  
The sounds (instruments) built into the SD-80 are listed in the instrument list provided for each sound  
generator mode.  
"Instrument list (GM2 / Native mode)" (p. 95)  
"Instrument list (GS mode)" (p. 101)  
"Instrument list (XGlite mode)" (p. 103)  
Two numbers are used to specify a sound; the Instrument number and the Variation number. Sounds  
whose variation number is 000 are “capital” sounds, and sounds whose variation number is other than  
000 are “variation” sounds.  
Each instrument list shows the instrument number, variation number, and the name of the sound.  
<Example> Native mode instrument list  
fig.4-7  
PC  
1
LSB  
MSB  
Classic Set  
Voice  
MSB  
Contemp Set Voice  
MSB  
Solo Set  
Voice  
MSB  
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Piano 1  
Piano 1w  
Piano 1d  
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
Ac.Piano  
Ac.Piano w  
Mild Piano  
1
1
1
98  
98  
98  
St.Piano 1  
St.Piano 1w  
European Pf  
2
2
4
99  
99  
99  
2
3
4
0
1
96  
96  
Piano 2  
Piano 2w  
1
1
97  
97  
Rock Piano  
Rock Piano w  
1
1
98  
98  
St.Piano 2  
St.Piano 2w  
2
2
99  
99  
0
1
96  
96  
Piano 3  
Piano 3w  
1
1
97  
97  
E.Grand Pf  
E.Grand Pf w  
2
2
98  
98  
SA Piano  
SA Piano w  
2
2
99  
99  
0
96  
Honky-tonk  
2
97  
Old Honky  
2
98  
St.Honky  
4
99  
1
96  
Honky-tonk w  
2
97  
Old Honky w  
2
98  
St.Honky w  
4
99  
PC:  
Instrument number (program number)  
Variation number (value of controller number 32)  
LSB:  
Capital sounds (variation number= 0) are printed in bold type.  
Sound set number (value of controller number 0)  
MSB:  
Classic Set: Sound set = Classical set sounds  
Contemp Set: Sound set = Contemporary set sounds  
Solo Set:  
Enhance Set: Sound set = Enhanced set sounds  
Voices: Number of voices used by that instrument  
Sound set = Solo set sounds  
5 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Sw itch in g so u n d s in GM2 m o d e  
Transmit bank select LSB (CC#32) and program change (PC#).  
*
Bank select MSB (CC#00) is used to switch the part mode. Inst part and Drum part correspond to the following  
numbers.  
Inst part  
121(79H)  
Drum part  
120 (78H)  
<Example> Specifying part 11 as a GM2 Inst part (009: Celesta 2)  
MIDI CH=  
CC#00  
CC#32  
PC#  
11  
121  
0
... specify MIDI channel 11  
... set as a GM2 Inst part  
... specify variation number 000  
... specify program change number 009  
9
Sw itch in g so u n d s in N a tive m o d e  
Transmit bank select LSB (CC#32) and program change (PC#).  
*
Bank select MSB (CC#0) is used to switch the Part Mode. The number corresponds to Inst part or Drum part as  
follows:  
Inst part  
Drum part  
80 (50H)  
81 (51H)  
87 (57H)  
96 (60H)  
97 (61H)  
98 (62H)  
99 (63H)  
Special 1 set  
Special 2 set  
User set  
Classical set  
Contemporary set  
Solo set  
86 (56H)  
104 (68H)  
105 (69H)  
106 (6AH)  
107 (6BH)  
User set  
Classical set  
Contemporary set  
Solo set  
Enhanced set  
Enhanced set  
<Example> Specifying part 11 as an Inst part (009: Celesta 2) of the Classical set  
MIDI CH=  
CC#00  
CC#32  
PC#  
11  
96  
0
... specify MIDI channel 11  
... set as an Inst part of the Classical set  
... specify variation number 000  
... specify program change number 009  
009  
Sw itch in g so u n d s in GS m o d e  
Transmit bank select MSB and program change.  
*
Leave the bank select LSB set at 0.  
Actual transmission of MIDI messages  
When you input MIDI messages into sequencer software on your computer for transmission to the SD-80,  
send the messages in the following order.  
1 . Value of control change 0:  
2 . Value of control change 32:  
3 . Value of program change:  
MIDI bank number MSB (variation number)  
MIDI bank number LSB (*1)  
MIDI program number (instrument number)  
(*1)Refer to the explanation of the bank select lower byte (LSB) (see the following section).  
The bank select message consists of steps 1 and 2. Bank Select messages are one form of control  
change message. Processing of the bank select is suspended until the program change is received.  
5 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
<Example> If you want to select the sound for variation number 8, instrument number 3 (Piano3 w), transmit  
the following data to the SD-80 (given in decimal form).  
1 . Value of control change 0:  
2 . Value of control change 32:  
3 . Value of program change:  
008 (upper byte of bank number = variation number: 8)  
0
003 (program number = instrument number: 3)  
About the bank select lower byte (LSB)  
The SD-80 processes the lower byte (LSB) of the bank select message as follows:  
Number  
0
Processing  
Follows the currently-valid GS mode.  
<Example> Switching the sound of a part  
To switch the sound of part 2 to 017 Organ 1 (variation 000), transmit the following.  
MIDI CH =  
CC#00  
CC#32  
PC#  
02  
000  
0
... set the variation number to 000  
... set the instrument number to 017  
017  
<Example> Changing the variation of the part’s sound  
To switch the sound of part 1 to 008 Detuned EP1 (variation 008), transmit the following.  
MIDI CH =  
CC#00  
CC#32  
PC#  
01  
008  
0
... set the variation number to 008  
... set the instrument number to 008  
006  
<Example> Changing the sound set and variation of the part’s sound  
To switch the sound of part 3 to 039 Syn. Bass 3 (variation 008), transmit the following.  
MIDI CH =  
CC#00  
CC#32  
PC#  
03  
008  
0
... set the variation number to 008  
... set the instrument number to 039  
039  
6 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Sw itch in g th e d ru m se t  
In the same way as for instruments, you can switch drum sets by transmitting MIDI messages from  
sequencer software running on your computer.  
The drum set will switch when the program change is received. Transmit the program change  
message on the same channel as the MIDI receive channel of the drum part. On the SD-80, the drum set  
number corresponds to the program number.  
Ho w to re a d th e d ru m se t list  
In normal screens, the drum set number and drum set name will be displayed. Drum sounds (drum  
instruments) are assigned to each key of the drum set.  
"Drum set list (GM2 / Native mode)" (p. 105)  
"Drum set list (XGlite mode)" (p. 117)  
"Drum set list (GS mode)" (p. 114)  
fig.4-10j  
PC 1  
PC 9  
PC 17  
PC 25  
PC 26  
Standard Set  
High Q  
Room Set  
<-  
Power Set  
<-  
Electric Set  
<-  
Analog Set  
<-  
27  
28  
29  
31  
33  
35  
Slap  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Full  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
30  
32  
34  
Sticks  
Square Click  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Metron Click  
Metron Bell  
Kick Drum 2  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Power Kick 2  
Elec.Kick 2  
Ana.Kick 2  
PC  
Drum set number (program number)  
Keyboard area Note number  
<-  
Same sound as percussion instrument sound of Standard Set 1 (PC 1)  
Note number for which no percussion instrument exists  
Sw itch in g d ru m se ts in GM2 m o d e  
Transmit bank select LSB (CC#32) and program change (PC#).  
*
Bank select MSB (CC#00) is used to switch the part mode. Inst part and Drum part correspond to the following  
numbers.  
Inst part  
121(79H)  
Drum part  
120(78H)  
<Example> Specifying part 10 as a GM2 drum part (009:Room Set 2)  
MIDI CH=  
CC#00  
CC#32  
PC#  
10  
120  
0
... set as a GM2 drum part  
... specify variation number 000  
... specify program change number 009  
9
6 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Sw itch in g d ru m se ts in N a tive m o d e  
Transmit bank select LSB (CC#32) and program change (PC#).  
*
Bank select MSB (CC#0) is used to switch the Part Mode. Inst part and Drum part correspond to the following  
numbers.  
Inst part  
80 (50H)  
81 (51H)  
87 (57H)  
96 (60H)  
97 (61H)  
98 (62H)  
99 (63H)  
Drum part  
86 (56H)  
104 (60H)  
105 (61H)  
106 (62H)  
107 (63H)  
Special 1 set  
Special 2 set  
User set  
Classical set  
Contemporary set  
Solo set  
User set  
Classical set  
Contemporary set  
Solo set  
Enhanced set  
Enhanced set  
<Example> Specifying part 10 as a Classical set drum part (009: Room Set)  
MIDI CH=  
CC#00  
CC#32  
PC#  
10  
104  
0
... specify as a Classical set drum part  
... specify variation number 000  
9
... specify program change number 009  
Sw itch in g d ru m se ts in GS m o d e  
In GS mode, part 10 is specified as a drum part (MIDI receive channel: 10). The note data in the rhythm  
data you are playing must match the note numbers of the drum set you are using.  
fig.4-11e  
Drum Set name and Drum Set number (Program number)  
STANDARD 1  
001  
ROOM  
009  
TR-808  
026  
User Set  
065  
User Set  
066  
<Example> Switching the drum set  
Transmit the following to set part 10 sound to 009: Room.  
MIDI CH =  
CC#00  
CC#32  
PC#  
10  
000  
0
... specify variation number 000  
... specify drum set number 009: Room  
009  
6 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Ed itin g MIDI e ffe ct p a ra m e te rs  
Ed itin g th e re ve rb (in GM2 m o d e )  
To edit the reverb via MIDI messages, transmit the following system exclusive data (global parameter  
control).  
F0 7F 10 04 05 01 01 01 01 01 pp vv F7  
pp:  
vv:  
Parameter number  
Value (setting)  
VV (setting)  
00  
01  
02  
03  
04  
08  
Small Room  
Medium Room  
Large Room  
Medium Hall  
Large Hall  
Plate  
pp = 0  
(Reverb Type)  
pp = 1  
(Reverb Time)  
00–7F (0–127)  
<Example> Setting the reverb type to 04 Large Hall  
Transmit the following system exclusive.  
F0 7F 10 04 05 01 01 01 01 01 00 04 F7  
Ed itin g th e ch o ru s (in GM2 m o d e )  
To edit the chorus via MIDI messages, transmit the following system exclusive data (global parameter  
control).  
F0 7FH 10 04 05 01 01 01 01 02 pp vv F7  
pp:  
vv:  
Parameter number  
Value (setting)  
VV (setting)  
Chorus1  
Chorus2  
Chorus3  
Chorus4  
FB Chorus  
Flanger  
00  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
pp = 0  
(Chorus Type)  
pp = 1  
(Mod Rate)  
pp = 2  
(Mod Depth)  
pp = 3  
00–7F (0–127)  
(Feedback)  
pp = 4  
(Send To Reverb)  
<Example> Setting the chorus type to 3 Chorus4  
Transmit the following system exclusive data.  
F0 7F 10 04 05 01 01 01 02 01 00 03 F7  
6 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Ch a n g in g th e MFX ty p e (N a tive m o d e )  
fig.8-04_99  
To change the effect type of the enhanced sounds  
Patch Common  
MFX1  
selected for parts 1–3, transmit the following system  
exclusive message.  
MFX Type  
MFX Type Number  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [p1 p2 06 00] [tt] [ss] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
(1) Exclusive status  
(2) ID (Roland : 41H)  
(3) Device ID  
(4) Model ID (SD-90 : 00H 48H)  
(5) Command ID (Data set : 12H)  
(6) Address  
(7) Data  
(8) Checksum  
(9) End of Exclusive  
Address (p1 p2): when changing the insertion effect of part 1 = 11 00  
when changing the insertion effect of part 2 = 11 20  
when changing the insertion effect of part 3 = 11 40  
:
Data (tt):  
Effect type number  
For details on effect types, refer to "MFX parameter list" (p. 80), and to “Each Multi-  
Effects Parameters” (MFX_E.pdf) on the included CD-ROM. No effect is assigned to  
Effect Type number 00 (THROUGH).  
Checksum (ss): For details on the calculation method, refer to the section “How to calculate the  
checksum” within “MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-  
ROM.  
*
This is valid if the part 1--3 Part Output Assign and Part Output MFX Select (p. 38) have not been changed  
since a Native Reset message was received.  
<Example> Specifying 14: STEREO CHORUS as the effect of an enhanced sound for part 2  
fig.8-05_99  
Transmit the following system exclusive data.  
Patch Common  
MFX1  
Multitimbre  
MFX Type  
Mode Part 1  
MFX Type Number  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [11 20 06 00] [0E] [3B] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
Usin g MFX w ith o th e r p a rts (N a tive m o d e )  
By transmitting the following system exclusive message, the insertion effect used by the enhanced sounds  
selected for parts 1–3 can be used by other parts. The output of all parts that use that MFX will be mixed  
and sent to the MFX.  
Do not change the MFX source of the three insertion effects after a Native Reset message is received.  
This will not work if effect type 00 (no effect: THROUGH) has been specified for the enhanced sounds  
selected for parts 1–3.  
Any control performed on the MFX will apply equally to all parts that use that MFX.  
fig.8-06_99  
1 . Transmit Output Select = MFX to specify MFX as the  
output of the part.  
Part  
Output  
Assign 00 (=MFX)  
Address (pp): when using the MFX for part 1 = 20  
when using the MFX for part 2 = 21  
:
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [10 00 pp 1F] [00] [ss] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
when using the MFX for part 32 = 3F  
6 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Data:  
00 (output assign = MFX)  
Checksum (ss): For details on the calculation method, refer to “How to calculate the checksum” in  
“MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-ROM.  
fig.8-07_99  
2 . Transmit “Part Output MFX Select” to specify the  
Part  
Temporary  
Multitimbre  
Part Output  
MFX Select  
MFX (MFX A–MFX C) to which the output of the part  
will be sent.  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [10 00 pp 20] [nn] [ss] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
Address (pp): when using the MFX for part 1 = 20  
when using the MFX for part 2 = 21  
:
when using the MFX for part 32 = 3F  
Data (nn):  
when the desired effect (MFX) is used by the enhanced sound of part 1 = 00 (MFX A)  
when the desired effect (MFX) is used by the enhanced sound of part 2 = 01 (MFX B)  
when the desired effect (MFX) is used by the enhanced sound of part 3 = 02 (MFX C)  
<Example> Making the sound of part 6 use MFX C which is being used by the enhanced sound of part 3  
Transmit the following system exclusive data.  
1 . F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 25 1F 00 2C F7  
2 . F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 25 20 02 29 F7  
Sh a rin g a n MFX b e tw e e n m u ltip le p a rts  
Heres how an MFX can be shared by more than one part.  
*
When an MFX is shared by more than one part, the effect setting of the enhanced sound of the part using that MFX  
will be ignored.  
fig.8-08_99  
1 . Make the MFX use the settings of the multitimbre  
Multitimbre MFX 00  
Common Source (=Common)  
(common to all parts).  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [10 00 00 mm] [01] [ss] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
Address (mm): when you want to use MFX A from multiple parts = 30  
when you want to use MFX B from multiple parts = 31  
when you want to use MFX C from multiple parts = 32  
Data:  
01 (MFX Source = COMMON)  
Checksum (ss): For details on the calculation method, refer to the section “How to calculate the  
checksum” within “MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-  
ROM.  
fig.8-06_99  
2 . Transmit Output Assign = MFX to specify MFX as the  
Part  
Output  
output of the part.  
Assign 00 (=MFX)  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [10 00 pp 1F] [00] [ss] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
Address (mm): when you want part 1 to use the MFX = 20  
when you want part 2 to use the MFX =21  
:
when you want part 32 to use the MFX =3F  
00 (Output Assign = MFX)  
Data:  
Checksum (ss): For details on the calculation method, refer to “How to calculate the checksum” in  
“MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-ROM.  
6 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
fig.8-07_99  
3 . Transmit “Part Output MFX Select” to specify the  
Part  
Temporary  
Multitimbre  
Part Output  
MFX Select  
MFX (MFX A–MFX C) to which the part output will be  
sent.  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [10 00 pp 20] [nn] [ss] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
Address (pp):  
Data (nn):  
when you want part 1 to use the MFX =20  
when you want part 2 to use the MFX =21  
:
when you want part 32 to use the MFX =3F  
when you want to use MFX A =00  
when you want to use MFX B =01  
when you want to use MFX C =02  
Checksum (ss): For details on the calculation method, refer to the section “How to calculate the  
checksum” within “MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-  
ROM.  
fig.8-09_99  
4 . Select the MFX type.  
Multitimbre MFX MFX  
Common MFX Type Number  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [10 00 mm 00] [tt] [ss] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
Address (mm): when you want to use MFX A =06  
when you want to use MFX B =08  
when you want to use MFX C =0A  
Data (tt):  
Select the effect type (00–5A)  
Checksum (ss): For details on the calculation method, refer to the section “How to calculate the  
checksum” within “MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-  
ROM.  
<Example> Share MFX B with the sounds of parts 4, 6, and 7, and set the effect type to 24:REVERB  
1 .  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 00 31 00 3F F7  
2 -1 . F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 23 1F 00 2E F7  
2 -2 . F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 25 1F 00 2C F7  
2 -3 . F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 26 1F 00 2B F7  
3 -1 . F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 23 20 01 2C F7  
3 -2 . F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 25 20 01 2A F7  
3 -3 . F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 26 20 01 29 F7  
4 .  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 08 00 18 50 F7  
6 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Ed itin g th e MFX e ffe ct p a ra m e te rs  
You can edit effect parameters such as equalizer gain and frequency, delay time, and feedback level.  
The MFX effect parameters will sometimes be included in the sound parameters (PART), and sometimes be outside  
the sound (COMMON). The address will differ depending on which of these is being referenced, as specified by  
“MFX source.”  
*
When MFX source = PART  
When MFX source = PART (i.e., when editing the MFX of an enhanced sound), transmit the following  
system exclusive data.  
fig.8-10_99  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [p1 p2 r1 r2] [d1 d2 d3 d4] [ss] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
Address (p1 p2): when editing the insertion effect for part 1 =11 00  
when the sound is a drum set =11 10  
when editing the insertion effect for part 2 =11 20  
when the sound is a drum set =11 30  
when editing the insertion effect for part 3 =11 40  
when the sound is a drum set =11 50  
Address (r1 r2): when editing parameter number 1 =06 11  
when editing parameter number 2 =06 15  
: (the address will increment 04H each time the parameter number increases by 1)  
when editing parameter number 29 =07 01  
when editing parameter number 30 =07 05  
when editing parameter number 31 =07 09  
when editing parameter number 32 =07 0D  
Data  
(d1, d2, d3, d4): Effect parameter  
The lower 4 bits of the four data bytes indicate a signed numerical value.  
Da ta b y te e x p re ssio n  
The value to be specified is first expressed as a 16-bit hexadecimal in which 32768 = 8000H is 0.  
Each digit is input in the lower place of each data byte.  
Parameter value to be specified  
-20000 = 031EH  
-19999 = 031FH  
:
Data bytes  
00 03 01 0E  
00 03 01 0F  
:
-2 = 7FFFH  
-1 = 7FFFH  
0 = 8000H  
1 = 8001H  
07 0F 0F 0E  
07 0F 0F 0F  
08 00 00 00  
08 00 00 01  
08 00 00 02  
:
2 = 8002H  
:
19999 = CE1FH  
20000 = CE20H  
0C 0E 01 0F  
0C 0E 02 00  
Checksum (ss): For details on the calculation method, refer to the section “How to calculate the  
checksum” within “MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-  
ROM.  
6 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
<Example> Editing the MFX of part 3  
If MFX type=18:Mod Delay is applied to the sound of part 3 and you want to change its DLY Right  
setting (parameter number 02) to 80 (=50H), transmit the following system exclusive data.  
1 . F0 41 10 00 48 12 11 40 06 15 08 00 05 00 07 F7  
When MFX source = COMMON  
When MFX source = COMMON, transmit the following system exclusive data.  
F0 41 10 00 48 12 [10 00 r1 r2] [d1 d2 d3 d4] [ss] F7  
(1) (2) (3)  
(4)  
(5)  
(6)  
(7)  
(8)  
(9)  
Address (p1 p2): when editing MFX As parameter number 1 =06 11 (for MFX B =08 11, for MFX C =0A  
11)  
when editing MFX As parameter number 2 =06 15  
when editing MFX As parameter number 3 =06 19  
:
:
: (the address will increment by 04H each time the parameter number increases by 1)  
when editing MFX As parameter number 29 =07 01 (for MFX B =09 11, for MFX C =0B  
11)  
when editing MFX As parameter number 30 =07 05  
when editing MFX As parameter number 31 =07 09  
when editing MFX As parameter number 32 =07 0D  
:
:
:
Data  
(d1, d2, d3, d4): Effect parameter  
The lower 4 bits of the four data bytes indicate a signed numerical value. For details on the data byte  
expression, refer to "Data byte expression" (p. 67).  
Checksum (ss): For details on the calculation method, refer to the section “How to calculate the  
checksum” within “MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-  
ROM.  
<Example> Editing MFX C COMMON  
If MFX C COMMON is set to MFX type=53:Od2, and you want to change its EQ Low Gain (parameter  
number 05) to -3 dB, transmit the following system exclusive data.  
1 . F0 41 10 00 48 12 10 00 0A 21 07 0F 0F 0D 13 F7  
6 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
W ritin g / lo a d in g SD-8 0 se ttin g s  
The SD-80 is able to transmit the settings of its sound generator as MIDI data. Two types of data can be  
transmitted: Bulk data, which transmits a group of parameters; and Individual data, which transmits a  
single parameter. All data is transmitted in the form of system exclusive data.  
Bulk Dump is used when you want to save SD-80 settings on your sequencer software or an external  
MIDI sequencer. You can also connect two SD-80 units and transmit a bulk dump to set all parameters of  
both SD-80 units to the same settings.  
By using Individual data you can create song data more efficiently, since you will not have to look up  
each system exclusive message.  
Tra n sm ittin g a b u lk d u m p  
When transmitting or receiving bulk dump data, you must also check settings and procedures on your  
sequencer software or external MIDI sequencer. Here we will explain how to transmit a bulk dump from  
the SD-80.  
*
Bulk Dump can be executed only when the sound generator is in Native mode. In other cases, this will be displayed  
as “---” and cannot be executed.  
fig.8-3  
5
1
3
4
2
1 . Press [SYSTEM].  
The button will light.  
2 . Press [PAGE ] or [PAGE ] to make the display indicate Bulk Dump.  
fig.7-1aa_67.2  
Bulk Dump A01–A16, B1–B16, COMMON, ALL  
Specifies the internal sound generator Part whose  
parameter values will be transmitted when the bulk  
dump is executed.  
*
A01--A16 and B01--B16 will transmit the part parameters and patch parameters of the selected patch. COMMON  
will transmit the parameters that are common to all parts. ALL will transmit all the parameters of A01--B16 and  
COMMON.  
3 . Use the [VALUE] dial to select the port from which the data will be transmitted.  
4 . Begin recording on your sequencer software or external MIDI sequencer.  
5 . Press [ENTER].  
Transmission of the highlighted data will begin. While the display indicates Transmit SysEx, the SD-80  
is transmitting data. Press [EXIT] if you want to abort transmission.  
6 . Press [INST] to return to the main screen.  
7 . When data transmission is completed, the display will indicate COMPLETED. Stop recording on your  
sequencer software or external MIDI sequencer.  
By playing back the saved bulk dump data on your sequencer software or external MIDI sequencer, you  
can restore the SD-80 to the state in which it was when the data was saved.  
6 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI  
Tra n sm ittin g in d ivid u a l d a ta  
Individual data can be transmitted in each editing screen.  
fig.8-3a  
1 . In each editing screen, select the parameter that you want to transmit, and specify  
its value.  
2 . Hold down [SHIFT] and press [ENTER]. The highlighted parameter value will be  
transmitted.  
2
7 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Tro u b le sh o o tin g  
If the SD-80 does not function as you expect, please check the following points first. If this does not  
resolve the problem, please contact a Roland Service Center (refer to the back cover).  
Po w e r w o n ’t co m e o n  
Is the power cord of the SD-80 correctly connected to the AC outlet and to the SD-80?  
Make the correct connections. (“Getting Started”)  
In su fficie n t vo lu m e o n a d e vice co n n e cte d to th e a u d io o u tp u t ja ck s  
Could you be using a connection cable with a built-in resistor?  
Use a connection cable without a resistor (such as one from the Roland PCS series).  
A cable with a built-in resistor is sometimes included with audio playback equipment.  
Using such a cable may cause the playback to be too soft. Please use a cable that does not have a built-in  
resistor.  
Are output jacks selected correctly in the SYSTEM screen?  
A sp e cific p a rt ca n n o t b e h e a rd  
Make sure that the MIDI receive channel of the Part matches the MIDI transmit channel of the connected MIDI  
device. ("Rx Channel (Receive channel) " (p. 37))  
Th e re is a p a rt th a t d o e s n o t so u n d e ve n w h e n y o u p re ss th e [PREVIEW ]  
b u tto n .  
Is the part soloed or muted?  
("Muting a part" (p. 28), "Soloing a part" (p. 29))  
Keyboard Range settings may have been made.  
("Part parameters (Native mode)" (p. 37))  
Are you transmitting a program change number that the SD-80 does not support?  
Refer to "Instrument list (GM2 / Native mode)" (p. 95) for details about the sounds provided on the SD-  
80.  
Is the sound generator mode correct?  
Specify the sound generator mode that includes the sound you want to select.  
("Switching the sound generator mode (Inst Initialize)" (p. 50))  
Is the sound set correct?  
If the sound generator mode is GM2 mode or Native mode, there are four variations of sound set. Specify  
the sound set that includes the sound you want to select ("Selecting the sound set" (p. 25)).  
7 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
N o te s d o n o t so u n d  
Compared to other problems, there are a greater number and wider variety of reasons that notes do not  
sound. However in many cases, this problem is caused by incorrect connections between devices, or by  
incorrect driver or software settings.  
Is the power of the connected device(s) turned on?  
Has the volume level been lowered by the volume knob?  
Have the MIDI IN and OUT connectors been connected incorrectly?  
Can you hear sound through a connected set of headphones?  
If you can hear sound in the headphones, check whether the audio cable conveying the signal to the other  
device is broken or has a faulty connection, or whether there is a problem with the connected audio  
device.  
Does the PART level meter move in the display?  
If the PART level meter is moving, the SD-80 is receiving MIDI data correctly. Check the setting of the  
volume knobs and the cable connections once again.  
Is the part muted?  
If the display indicates , that part has been muted. Turn muting off ("Muting a part" (p. 28)).  
The volume level of all parts may have been lowered. (p. 10)  
The volume level may have been lowered by an expression pedal (or similar device) connected to a connected MIDI  
device.  
If there is still no sound, it is possible that there is a problem with the driver or software settings. Refer to  
“Troubleshooting” in the Getting Started manual, and check the appropriate points.  
Th e PART le ve l m e te r d o e s n o t m o ve e ve n w h e n n o te s so u n d  
Is PART A shown in the display while you are sending MIDI messages to Part B?  
If so, press [PART ] or [PART ] to view PART B in the display.  
So u n d is d isto rte d  
Is an effect that distorts the sound being applied?  
If a specific sound or part is distorted, lower the Part Level.  
Pitch is in co rre ct  
Has Coarse Tuning been applied to all parts or to a specific part?  
("Coarse Tune (Channel Coarse Tuning) " (p. 36))  
Did you make Fine Tune settings for a specific part?  
("Fine Tune (Channel Fine Tuning)" (p. 36))  
Has Scale Tuning been applied?  
("Scale/Octave Tuning Adjust" (p. 36))  
N o te s a re “ stu ck ” (co n tin u e so u n d in g )  
Depending on the sequencer software you are using, changing the recording track while playing the keyboard may  
cause notes to stick.  
7 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
So m e th in g is w ro n g w ith th e so u n d  
You may have switched to another sound after editing sound parameters (such as the filter).  
Set all sound parameter values to 0. ("Editing the parameters" (p. 31))  
It is possible that the parameter settings of the SD-80 have become corrupted.  
Please initialize the sound generator. ("Switching the sound generator mode (Inst Initialize)" (p. 50))  
*
The system parameter settings will be preserved even if the sound generator is initialized.  
Are you using MFX?  
If a sound that uses MFX (a sound from the enhanced set) is being played, and you switch the MFX type,  
or you choose a different enhanced sound, one that uses a different effect type, the sound will continue  
playing with the newly selected effect settings. Please wait until the enhanced sound has finished playing  
before you change the MFX settings or select a different enhanced sound.  
N o te s a re in te rru p te d  
If you attempt to use more than 128 voices simultaneously, notes will be interrupted.  
("Polyphony and voices" (p. 18))  
Does the device ID number of the transmitted exclusive data match the device ID number of the SD-80?  
("Setting the Device ID Number" (p. 51))  
Is the checksum correct?  
For details on the calculation method, refer to the section “How to calculate the checksum” within  
“MIDI Implementation” (MIDIImp_E.pdf) on the included CD-ROM.  
W h e n co n n e cte d to y o u r co m p u te r via USB, so u n d g e n e ra to r p a ra m e te rs  
a re n o t o u tp u t fro m th e MIDI co n n e cto rs  
If you are using USB mode, the MIDI connectors of the SD-80 will function as a MIDI interface for externally  
connected MIDI devices. The data from the computer will be output from the USB connector, and not from the  
MIDI connectors. This means that sound generator bulk data or individual data cannot be transmitted from the  
MIDI connectors.  
If you are not using a USB connection, the MIDI connectors are used to exchange MIDI messages directly with the  
SD-80. A data request received from the MIDI IN connector will be transmitted to the MIDI OUT connector.  
W h e n co n n e cte d to y o u r co m p u te r via USB, d a ta is n o t o u tp u t to MIDI  
O UT 2  
If you set the MIDI OUT/ THRU switch to the [IN1 THRU] position while the SD-80 is operating in USB mode, the  
MIDI messages input to the MIDI IN 1 connector will be retransmitted without change from the MIDI OUT 2  
connector.  
At this time, the MIDI OUT 2 connector cannot be used for output, even though it is recognized by the computer.  
Se q u e n ce r so ftw a re d o e s n o t p la y th e MIDI so u n d g e n e ra to r co n n e cte d  
to th e SD-8 0  
Of the music data received at the SD-80s USB connector, the data assigned to the outputs “SD-80 MIDI OUT 1” and  
“SD-80 MIDI OUT 2” will be transmitted from the MIDI OUT 1 connector and MIDI OUT 2 connector, respectively.  
Make the correct settings in your sequencer software and in the various drivers.  
7 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Troubleshooting  
W h e n y o u tu rn MFX o n , a ll o f th e sy ste m e ffe cts y o u h a ve p re vio u sly se t  
(su ch a s re ve rb ) a re in itia lize d .  
When you turn MFX on, it will no longer be possible to use control changes to set the send level of the system effect.  
This means that when you turn MFX on, it will be necessary to send the signal to the system effect via a  
different route than before.  
You can use the MFX SEND LEVEL TO REVERB/ CHORUS/ DELAY system exclusive message to set the  
system effect send level (common to the signals that have passed through the insertion effect) for when  
MFX is turned ON ("Controlling the SD-80 via MIDI" (p. 53)).  
Yo u w a n t to in itia lize th e so u n d g e n e ra to r m o d e e a ch tim e th e p o w e r is  
tu rn e d o n  
When the SD-80 is turned on, it is initialized to the sound generator mode specified in "Specifying the start-up  
sound generator mode" (p. 51)  
If an exclusive message initializing the sound generator is inserted (e.g., on your sequencer) at the beginning of a  
song, the sound generator will be initialized before the song begins.  
I w a n t to tra n sm it th e d a ta fo r o n ly a sp e cific p a ra m e te r to th e co m p u te r  
(se q u e n ce r so ftw a re )  
The SD-80 is able to transmit the following two types of data.  
"Transmitting a bulk dump" (p. 69)  
"Transmitting individual data" (p. 70)  
Bulk Dump allows you to send multiple parameters in one transmission.  
Individual data lets you create data without having to look up each system exclusive message, and  
provides an efficient way to create (for example) song data that contains exclusive messages.  
If a bulk dump would involve too much data, you can try using this “individual data.”  
In so m e ca se s, d e p e n d in g o n th e e n viro n m e n t in w h ich th e u n it is  
This is due to an infinitesimal electrical charge, which is absolutely harmless. However, if you are  
concerned about this, connect the ground terminal (p. 12) with an external ground. When the unit is  
grounded, a slight hum may occur, depending on the particulars of your installation. If you are unsure of  
the connection method, contact the nearest Roland Service Center, or an authorized Roland distributor, as  
listed on the "Information" page.  
Unsuitable places for connection  
Water pipes (may result in shock or electrocution)  
Gas pipes (may result in fire or explosion)  
Telephone-line ground or lightning rod (may be dangerous in the event of lightning)  
7 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Ap p e n d ice s  
Pa rt p a ra m e te r list  
Pa rt p a ra m e te rs (GM2 m o d e , N a tive m o d e )  
Parameter  
Value  
Inst Type  
Inst Type  
INST, DRUM  
0–100–127  
L64–0–63R  
0–127  
Volume  
Volume  
Panpot  
Pan  
Chorus Send  
Reverb Send  
Vibrato Rate  
Chorus Send Level  
Reverb Send Level  
Vibrato Rate  
0–40–127  
-64–0–+63  
-64–0–+63  
-64–0–+63  
-64–0–+63  
-64–0–+63  
-64–0–+63  
-64–0–+63  
-64–0–+63  
ON, OFF  
Vibrato Depth  
Vibrato Delay  
TVF Cutoff Freq  
TVF Resonance  
TVF&TVA Release  
TVF&TVA Attack  
TVF&TVA Decay  
Portament SW  
Portament Time  
Coarse Tuning  
Fine Tuning  
Vibrato Depth  
Vibrato Delay  
TVF Cutoff Frequency  
TVF Resonance  
TVF&TVA Release  
TVF&TVA Attack  
TVF&TVA Decay  
Portament SW  
Portament Time  
Channel Coarse Tuning  
Channel Fine Tuning  
Mono/Poly mode  
Rx Channel  
0–127  
-24–0–+24  
-100.0–0.0–+100.0 cent  
Poly, Mono  
1–16, OFF  
0– +/-24  
Mono/Poly  
Rx Channel  
PitchBendSens  
Modulation Depth  
Scale/Octave Tuning Adjust  
Pitch Bend Sensitivity  
Modulation Depth  
Scale/Octave Tuning Adjust  
0–127  
-64–0–+63  
Pa rt p a ra m e te rs (N a tive m o d e )  
Parameter  
Value  
Legato ON/OFF  
Legato ON/OFF  
ON, OFF  
Part Velocity Sens Offset  
Part Keyboard Fade Width Lower  
Part Keyboard Range Lower  
Part Keyboard Range Upper  
Part Keyboard Fade Width Upper  
PART OUTPUT ASSIGN  
PART OUTPUT MFX SELECT  
PART DRY SEND LEVEL  
Part Velocity Sens Offset  
Part Keyboard Fade Width Lower  
Part Keyboard Range Lower  
Part Keyboard Range Upper  
Part Keyboard Fade Width Upper  
Part Output Assign  
-63–0–+63  
0–127  
C-1–UPPER  
LOWER–G9  
0–127  
MFX, A, PAT  
MFX A, MFX B, MFX C  
Part Output MFX Select  
Part Dry Send Level  
Pa ra m e te rs co m m o n to a ll p a rts (GM2 m o d e , N a tive m o d e )  
Parameter  
Value  
Master Volume  
Master Volume  
0–127  
Master Fine Tuning  
Master Coarse Tuning  
Master Fine Tuning  
Master Coarse Tuning  
415.3–440.0–466.2Hz  
-24–0–+24  
7 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Appendices  
Pa ra m e te rs co m m o n to a ll p a rts (N a tive m o d e )  
Parameter  
Value  
SYSTEM Control 1–4  
MFX Sw  
System Control  
MFX Switch  
OFF, CC01–31, 33–95, BEND, AFT  
OFF, ON  
OFF, ON  
OFF, ON  
OFF, ON  
Chorus Sw  
Chorus Switch  
Reverb Switch  
Scale Tune Switch  
Reverb Sw  
Scale Tune Sw  
7 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
Effe ct p a ra m e te r list  
Effe ct p a ra m e te r (GM2 m o d e )  
Re ve rb (Sy ste m Effe ct)  
Parameter  
Value  
Reverb Type  
Reverb Type  
Reverb Time  
Small Room, Medium Room, Large Room,  
Medium Hall, Large Hall, Plate  
Reverb Time  
0–127  
Ch o ru s (Sy ste m Effe ct)  
Parameter  
Value  
Chorus Type  
Chorus Type  
Chorus1, Chorus2, Chorus3, Chorus4, FB  
Chorus, Flanger  
Mod Rate  
Modulation Rate  
Modulation Depth  
Feedback  
0–127  
0–127  
0–127  
0–127  
Mod Depth  
Feedback  
Send to Reverb  
Send to Reverb  
EQ (Eq u a lize r)  
Parameter  
Value  
EQ Switch  
EQ Switch  
Off, On  
EQL Low Frequency  
EQR Low Frequency  
EQL Low Gain  
EQL Low Frequency  
EQR Low Frequency  
EQL Low Gain  
200, 400Hz  
200, 400Hz  
-15–+15  
EQR Low Gain  
EQR Low Gain  
-15–+15  
EQL High Frequency  
EQR High Frequency  
EQL High Gain  
EQL High Frequency  
EQR High Frequency  
EQL High Gain  
2000, 4000, 8000Hz  
2000, 4000, 8000Hz  
-15–+15  
EQR High Gain  
EQR High Gain  
-15–+15  
7 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendices  
Effe ct p a ra m e te r (N a tive m o d e )  
Re ve rb (Sy ste m Effe ct)  
Parameter  
Value  
Reverb Type  
Reverb Type  
Reverb Level  
0(Off), 1(Reverb), 2(Room), 3(SRV Hall),  
4(SRV Plate)(*1)  
Reverb Level  
0–127  
(*1) When Reverb Type is set to 1 (Reverb)  
Parameter  
Value  
Type  
Reverb/Delay Type  
*2  
Time  
Reverb/Delay Time  
Reverb/Delay HF Damp  
Delay Feedback  
0–127  
*3  
HF Damp  
Feedback  
0–127  
*2: ROOM1, ROOM2, STAGE1, STAGE2, HALL1, HALL2, DELAY, PAN-DELAY  
*3: 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
(*1)When Reverb Type is 2 (Room), 3 (SRV Hall), or 4 (SRV Plate)  
Parameter  
Value  
Pre Delay  
Time  
Pre Delay Time  
Reverb Time  
0.0–100 ms  
0–127  
1–8  
Size  
Size  
High Cut  
High Cut Frequency  
Reverb Density  
Reverb Diffusion  
LF Damp Frequency  
LF Damp Gain  
HF Damp Frequency  
HF Damp Gain  
*4  
Density  
0–127  
0–127  
*5  
Diffusion  
LF Damp Freq  
LF Damp Gain  
HF Damp Freq  
HF Damp Gain  
-36–0 dB  
*6  
-36–0 dB  
*4: 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 640, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200, 4000, 5000, 6400, 8000, 10000, 12500 Hz, BYPASS  
*5: 50, 64, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 320, 400, 500, 640, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200, 4000 Hz  
*6: 4000, 5000, 6400, 8000, 10000, 12500 Hz  
Ch o ru s (Sy ste m Effe ct)  
Parameter  
Value  
Chorus Type  
Chorus Type  
0(Off), 1(Chorus), 2(Delay)(*7)  
MAIN, REV, MAIN+REV  
0–127  
Chorus Output Select  
Chorus Level  
Chorus Output Select  
Chorus Level  
Chorus Parameter 1-12  
Chorus Parameter 1-12  
(*7)When Chorus Type is 1 (CHORUS)  
Parameter  
Value  
Rate  
Chorus Rate  
Chorus Depth  
Chorus Feedback  
Phase  
0.05–10.00 Hz  
0–127  
Depth  
Feedback  
Phase  
0–127  
0–180 degrees  
0.0–100 ms  
OFF, LPF, HPF  
*8  
Pre Delay  
Type  
Chorus Pre Delay  
Filter Type  
Cutoff freq  
Cutoff Frequency  
*8: 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
7 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
(*7)When the Chorus Type is 2 (DELAY)  
Parameter  
Value  
Center  
Left  
Delay Center  
200–1000 ms, note value  
Delay Left  
200–1000 ms, note value  
Right  
Delay Right  
200–1000 ms, note value  
HF Damp  
Feedback  
Center  
Left  
HF Damp  
*9  
Feedback  
-98–+98%  
0–127  
0–127  
0–127  
Delay Center Level  
Delay Left Level  
Delay Right Level  
Right  
*9: 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
MFX (Mu lti-e ffe cts)  
Parameter  
Value  
MFX A-C Type  
Multi-effect A–C Type  
0–90  
MFX A-C Dry Send Level  
MFX A-C Chorus Send Level  
MFX A-C Reverb Send Level  
MFX A-C Control 1-4 Source  
Multi-effect A–C Dry Send Level  
Multi-effect A–C Chorus Send Level  
Multi-effect A–C Reverb Send Level  
MFX A–C Control 1–4 Source  
0–127  
0–127  
0–127  
OFF, CC01–95, PITCH BEND, AFTERTOUCH,  
SYS-CTRL 1–4  
MFX A-C Control 1-4 Sens  
MFX A-C Parameter 1-32  
MFX A SOURCE  
MFX A–C Control 1–4 Sensitivity  
MFX A–C Parameter  
MFX A source  
-63–+63  
COMMON, PART1–32  
COMMON, PART1–32  
COMMON, PART1–32  
MFX, DRY, PAT  
MFX B SOURCE  
MFX B source  
MFX C SOURCE  
MFX C source  
PART OUTPUT ASSIGN  
PART OUTPUT MFX SELECT  
PART DRY SEND LEVEL  
Part Output Assign  
Part Output MFX Select  
Part Dry Send Level  
MFX A, MFX B, MFX C  
0–127  
EQ (Eq u a lize r)  
Parameter  
Value  
EQ Switch  
EQ Switch  
Off, On  
EQL Low Frequency  
EQR Low Frequency  
EQL Low Gain  
EQL Low Frequency  
EQR Low Frequency  
EQL Low Gain  
200, 400Hz  
200, 400Hz  
-15–+15  
EQR Low Gain  
EQR Low Gain  
-15–+15  
EQL High Frequency  
EQR High Frequency  
EQL High Gain  
EQL High Frequency  
EQR High Frequency  
EQL High Gain  
2000, 4000, 8000Hz  
2000, 4000, 8000Hz  
-15–+15  
EQR High Gain  
EQR High Gain  
-15–+15  
7 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
MFX p a ra m e te r list  
1 :Ste re o EQ  
4
5
1250Hz Gain  
2000Hz Gain  
3150Hz Gain  
4000Hz Gain  
8000Hz Gain  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 4  
15  
15  
15  
15  
15  
0
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
6
1
5
Low Freq  
Mid1 Freq  
Mid2 Freq  
High Freq  
Low Gain  
Mid1 Gain  
Mid2 Gain  
High Gain  
Middle1 Q  
Middle2 Q  
Output Level  
200, 400 Hz  
0 - 1  
0
7
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
4000, 8000 Hz  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 16  
0 - 16  
0 - 2  
7
8
8
16  
1
9
Band Width Q 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0  
3
11  
10  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
64  
2
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 4  
22  
17  
16  
19  
0
L64 - 63R  
7
-15 - +15 dB  
10  
4
-15 - +15 dB  
6 :En h a n ce r  
-15 - +15 dB  
6
0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0  
0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0  
0 - 127  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
9
0 - 4  
0
1
2
3
4
5
EH Sens  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
127  
64  
11  
0 - 127  
127  
EH Mix  
0 - 127  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
15  
0 - 30  
15  
0 - 127  
127  
2 :O ve rd rive  
7 :Au to W a h  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
3
OD Drive  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
AS AmpType  
SMALL, BUILT-IN,  
2-STACK, 3-STACK  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
1
4
5
6
2
3
7
AW Filter Type LPF, BPF  
0 - 1  
0
0 - 3  
0
AW Sens  
AW Manual  
AW Peak  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0
4
5
6
2
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
127  
64  
64  
100  
19  
64  
127  
AW LFO Rate 0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
AW LFO Depth 0 - 127  
L64 - 63R  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
3 :Disto rtio n  
8 :Ro ta ry  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
3
DS Drive  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
AS AmpType  
SMALL, BUILT-IN,  
2-STACK, 3-STACK  
5
2
4
7
9
Rotary Speed  
WF SlowRate  
WF FastRate  
SLOW, FAST  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 1  
0
0 - 3  
3
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 15  
39  
4
5
6
2
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
127  
64  
121  
10  
WF Acceleration 0 - 15  
WF Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 15  
127  
127  
39  
L64 - 63R  
10 Separation  
0 - 127  
1
3
6
8
TW SlowRate  
TW FastRate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
121  
10  
4 :Ph a se r  
TW Acceleration 0 - 15  
TW Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
127  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
11 Output Level  
1
2
3
4
5
7
6
PH Manual  
PH Rate  
100 - 8000 Hz  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
30  
19  
64  
0
PH Depth  
9 :Co m p re sso r  
PH Resonance 0 - 127  
PH Mix Level  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
0 - 127  
127  
127  
64  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
0 - 127  
3
2
1
4
5
6
7
CP Attack  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 3  
64  
64  
127  
0
L64 - 63R  
CP Sustain  
CP Post Gain  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
0 - 127  
0, +6, +12, +18 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
5 :Sp e ctru m  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
127  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
L64 - 63R  
1
2
3
250Hz Gain  
500Hz Gain  
1000Hz Gain  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
15  
15  
15  
8 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendices  
11  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
1 0 :Lim ite r  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
4
LM Thresh  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 3  
64  
32  
2
LM Release  
LM Ratio  
0 - 127  
1 5 :Ste re o Fla n g e r  
1.5:1, 2:1, 4:1, 100:1  
0, +6, +12, +18 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
LM Post Gain  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
0 - 3  
1
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
127  
64  
4
5
FL LFO Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 90  
0 - 125  
0 - 2  
9
FL LFO Depth 0 - 127  
50  
89  
90  
10  
2
7
FL Feedback  
FL Phase  
-98 - +98%  
L64 - 63R  
6
0 - 180 degree  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
OFF, LPF, HPF  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
-15 - +15 dB  
3
FL PreDelay  
Filter Type  
1
1 1 :He x a -Ch o ru s  
2
Filter Cutoff  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
0 - 16  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
7
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
8
15  
15  
50  
127  
2
3
5
1
4
6
7
8
CH Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 40  
9
9
-15 - +15 dB  
CH Depth  
20  
0
10  
11  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
CH Depth Dev -20 - +20  
Output Level  
CH Pre Delay  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0 - 125  
0 - 20  
5
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
CH Pre Delay Dev 0 - 127  
0
CH Pan Dev  
Balance  
0 - 127  
0 - 20  
20  
50  
127  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
1 6 :Ste p Fla n g e r  
Output Level  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
2
3
FL LFO Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
9
1 2 :Tre m o lo Ch o ru s  
FL LFO Depth 0 - 127  
50  
89  
90  
5
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
4
FL Feedback  
FL Phase  
-98 - +98%  
2
3
1
4
6
5
7
8
CH Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 90  
9
6
0 - 180 degree  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0 - 90  
CH Depth  
CH PreDelay  
TRE Rate  
TRE Phase  
50  
0
1
FL PreDelay  
Step Rate  
0 - 125  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 180 degree  
5
0.10 - 20.00 Hz, note*1 0 - 125  
49  
15  
15  
50  
127  
39  
90  
127  
50  
127  
7
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
8
0 - 30  
TRE Separation 0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
9
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
Balance  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
10  
Output Level  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
1 7 :Ste re o De la y  
1 3 :Sp a ce -D  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
2
3
7
DLY Left  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
0 - 126  
0 - 126  
126  
126  
2
3
4
1
5
6
7
8
CH Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 90  
9
DLY Right  
CH Depth  
20  
90  
10  
15  
15  
50  
127  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
0 - 17  
0 - 98  
0 - 1  
17  
59  
0
CH Phase  
CH PreDelay  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
0 - 180 degree  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
6
1
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
0 - 125  
0 - 30  
DLY Fbk Mode NORMAL, CROSS  
4
Phase Left  
NORMAL, INVERT  
NORMAL, INVERT  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 1  
0
0 - 30  
5
Phase Right  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
0 - 1  
0
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
8
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
50  
127  
Output Level  
9
-15 - +15 dB  
10  
11  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
1 4 :Ste re o Ch o ru s  
Output Level  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
4
5
CH Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 90  
0 - 125  
0 - 2  
9
CH Depth  
20  
90  
10  
2
6
CH Phase  
CH PreDelay  
Filter Type  
Filter Cutoff  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
0 - 180 degree  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
OFF, LPF, HPF  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
-15 - +15 dB  
3
1
2
0 - 16  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
7
8
15  
15  
50  
9
-15 - +15 dB  
10  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
8 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
7
8
9
5
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
15  
1 8 :Mo d u la tio n De la y  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
50  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
127  
64  
2
3
5
DLY Left  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
0 - 126  
0 - 126  
126  
126  
L64 - 63R  
DLY Right  
(*1):200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
0 - 17  
0 - 98  
0 - 1  
17  
59  
0
4
1
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
DLY Fbk Mode NORMAL, CROSS  
2 2 :2 Vo ice Pitch Sh ifte r  
6
MOD Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 90  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
19  
20  
90  
15  
15  
50  
127  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
7
MOD Depth  
MOD Phase  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
2
4
Coarse A  
Fine A  
-24 - +12 semitone  
-100 - +100 cent  
L64 - 63R  
0 - 36  
24  
50  
64  
0
8
0 - 180 degree  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
0 - 126  
0 - 4  
9
8
Pan A  
10  
11  
12  
6
PreDelay A  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
1
PitchShifterMode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5  
0
Output Level  
3
Coarse B  
Fine B  
-24 - +12 semitone  
0 - 36  
24  
50  
64  
0
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
5
-100 - +100 cent  
L64 - 63R  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
0 - 126  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
9
Pan B  
7
Pre Delay B  
Lev Balance  
Balance  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
A100:0B - A0:100B  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
10  
11  
12  
50  
50  
127  
1 9 :Trip le Ta p De la y  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
Output Level  
3
1
2
5
DLY Center  
DLY Left  
200 - 1000 ms, note*1  
200 - 1000 ms, note*1  
200 - 1000 ms, note*1  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
115  
10  
DLY Right  
60  
2 3 :Fb k Pitch Sh ifte r  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
0 - 17  
17  
2
3
CoarsePitch  
FinePitch  
PreDelay  
-24 - +12 semitone  
-100 - +100 cent  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
0 - 36  
0 - 100  
0 - 126  
0 - 4  
24  
50  
0
4
8
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
DLY CenterLevel 0 - 127  
DLY LeftLevel 0 - 127  
DLY RightLevel 0 - 127  
0 - 98  
59  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
127  
127  
127  
15  
4
6
1
PitchShifterMode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5  
0
7
5
Feedback  
-98 - +98%  
0 - 98  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
59  
15  
15  
50  
127  
64  
9
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
7
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
10  
11  
12  
0 - 30  
15  
8
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
50  
9
Output Level  
127  
10  
6
Output Level  
Output Pan  
L64 - 63R  
2 0 :Q u a d ru p le Ta p De la y  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
2 4 :Re ve rb  
1
2
DLY Time 1  
DLY Time 2  
DLY Time 3  
DLY Time 4  
DLY Level 1  
DLY Level 2  
DLY Level 3  
DLY Level 4  
200 - 1000 ms, note*1  
200 - 1000 ms, note*1  
200 - 1000 ms, note*1  
200 - 1000 ms, note*1  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
115  
90  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
RV Type  
ROOM1, ROOM2,  
STAGE1, STAGE2,  
HALL1, HALL2  
3
60  
4
10  
0 - 5  
0
5
127  
127  
127  
127  
2
3
4
RV PreDelay  
RV Time  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
10  
10  
6
0 - 127  
7
0 - 127  
RV HF Damp  
200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
8
0 - 127  
0 - 17  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
17  
15  
15  
50  
127  
10  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
5
6
7
8
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 17  
17  
9
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
0 - 98  
59  
11  
12  
Balance  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
50  
Output Level  
Output Level  
127  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
2 1 :Tim e Co n tro l De la y  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
3
4
DLY Time  
200 - 1000 ms  
0 - 120  
0 - 15  
10  
10  
DLY Acceleration 0 - 15  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
0 - 17  
0 - 98  
0 - 30  
17  
59  
15  
2
6
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
EQ Low Gain  
-15 - +15 dB  
8 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
2 5 :Ga te d Re ve rb  
3 0 :Disto rtio n Fla n g e r  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
RV Type  
NORMAL, REVERSE,  
SWEEP1, SWEEP2  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DS Drive  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
127  
64  
10  
9
0 - 3  
0
DS Pan  
L64 - 63R  
2
3
4
5
6
7
RV PreDelay  
RV GateTime  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
5 - 500 ms  
0 - 125  
0 - 99  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
10  
10  
15  
15  
50  
127  
FL PreDelay  
FL Rate  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
FL Depth  
40  
89  
50  
127  
FL Feedback  
FL Balance  
Output Level  
-98 - +98%  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
Output Level  
2 6 :O ve rd rive Ch o ru s  
3 1 :Disto rtio n De la y  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
OD Drive  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
64  
64  
10  
9
1
2
3
4
5
DS Drive  
DS Pan  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 126  
0 - 98  
127  
64  
OD Pan  
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
CH PreDelay  
CH Rate  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
DLY Time  
10  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
59  
CH Depth  
CH Balance  
Output Level  
20  
50  
127  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 17  
17  
6
7
DLY Balance  
Output Level  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
50  
127  
(*1):200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
2 7 :O ve rd rive Fla n g e r  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
OD Drive  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
64  
64  
10  
9
3 2 :En h a n ce r Ch o ru s  
OD Pan  
L64 - 63R  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
FL PreDelay  
FL Rate  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
EH Sens  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
127  
64  
10  
9
FL Depth  
40  
89  
50  
127  
EH Mix Level  
CH PreDelay  
CH Rate  
0 - 127  
FL Feedback  
FL Balance  
Output Level  
-98 - +98%  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
CH Depth  
20  
50  
127  
CH Balance  
Output Level  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
2 8 :O ve rd rive De la y  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
3 3 :En h a n ce r Fla n g e r  
1
2
3
4
5
OD Drive  
OD Pan  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 126  
0 - 98  
64  
64  
10  
59  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
L64 - 63R  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
DLY Time  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
EH Sens  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
127  
64  
10  
9
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
EH Mix Level  
FL PreDelay  
FL Rate  
0 - 127  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 17  
17  
6
7
DLY Balance  
Output Level  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
50  
FL Depth  
40  
89  
50  
127  
127  
FL Feedback  
FL Balance  
Output Level  
-98 - +98%  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
2 9 :Disto rtio n Ch o ru s  
3 4 :En h a n ce r De la y  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
DS Drive  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
127  
64  
10  
9
1
2
3
4
5
EH Sens  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 126  
127  
127  
64  
DS Pan  
L64 - 63R  
EH Mix Level  
DLY Time  
0 - 127  
CH PreDelay  
CH Rate  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
10  
CH Depth  
CH Balance  
Output Level  
20  
50  
127  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 17  
0 - 100  
59  
17  
50  
6
7
DLY Balance  
Output Level  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
8 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
10  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
3 5 :Ch o ru s De la y  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
3 9 :Fla n g e r/ De la y  
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
CH PreDelay  
CH Rate  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 126  
0 - 98  
10  
9
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
CH Depth  
CH Balance  
DLY Time  
20  
50  
10  
59  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FL PreDelay  
FL Rate  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
10  
9
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
FL Depth  
40  
89  
50  
10  
59  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
FL Feedback  
FL Balance  
DLY Time  
-98 - +98%  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
0 - 100  
0 - 126  
0 - 98  
0 - 17  
17  
9
DLY Balance  
Output Level  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
50  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
10  
127  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
0 - 17  
17  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
9
DLY Balance  
Output Level  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
50  
10  
127  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
3 6 :Fla n g e r De la y  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
FL PreDelay  
FL Rate  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
10  
9
4 0 :Ch o ru s/ Fla n g e r  
FL Depth  
40  
89  
50  
10  
59  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
FL Feedback  
FL Balance  
DLY Time  
-98 - +98%  
1
2
CH PreDelay  
CH Rate  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
10  
9
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
0 - 100  
0 - 126  
0 - 98  
3
CH Depth  
20  
50  
10  
9
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
4
CH Balance  
FL PreDelay  
FL Rate  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
5
0 - 17  
17  
6
9
DLY Balance  
Output Level  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
50  
7
FL Depth  
40  
89  
50  
127  
10  
127  
8
FL Feedback  
FL Balance  
Output Level  
-98 - +98%  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
9
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
10  
3 7 :Ch o ru s Fla n g e r  
4 1 :Ste re o Ph a se r  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
CH PreDelay  
CH Rate  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
10  
9
1
2
PH Type  
1, 2  
0 - 1  
0
PH Mode  
PH Polarity  
PH Manual  
PH Rate  
4-STAGE, 8-STAGE  
INVERSE, SYNCHRO  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
1
3
CH Depth  
20  
50  
10  
9
3
0 - 1  
1
4
CH Balance  
FL PreDelay  
FL Rate  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
6
0 - 127  
64  
10  
64  
64  
69  
127  
0
5
4
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
6
5
PH Depth  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
7
FL Depth  
40  
89  
50  
127  
7
PH Resonance 0 - 127  
8
FL Feedback  
FL Balance  
Output Level  
-98 - +98%  
8
PH X-Feedback -98 - +98%  
9
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
11  
9
PH Mix Level  
0 - 127  
10  
StepRate Switch OFF, ON  
10  
12  
13  
14  
Step Rate  
0.1 - 20.0 Hz, note*2  
1 - 222  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
50  
15  
15  
127  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
3 8 :Ch o ru s/ De la y  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
CH PreDelay  
CH Rate  
0.0 - 100.0 ms  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 125  
0 - 125  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 126  
0 - 98  
10  
9
CH Depth  
CH Balance  
DLY Time  
20  
50  
10  
59  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0.0 - 500.0 ms  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
0 - 17  
17  
50  
9
DLY Balance  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 100  
8 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
17  
14  
DLY HFDamp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
4 2 Ke y sy n c Fla n g e r  
0 - 17  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
9
10  
11  
12  
5
DLY Level1  
DLY Level2  
DLY Level3  
DLY Level4  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
127  
127  
127  
127  
0
3
4
FL PreDelay  
FL Rate  
0.0 - 100 ms  
0 - 125  
5
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
10  
50  
89  
90  
0
5
FL Depth  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 90  
0 - 2  
DLY Output Pan1 L64 - 63R  
DLY Output Pan2 L64 - 63R  
DLY Output Pan3 L64 - 63R  
DLY Output Pan4 L64 - 63R  
6
FL Feedback  
FL Phase  
-98 - +98%  
6
32  
9
0 - 180 degree  
OFF, LPF, HPF  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
7
96  
1
Filter Type  
Filter Cutoff  
8
127  
15  
2
0 - 16  
0 - 1  
7
15  
16  
17  
18  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
7
StepRate Switch OFF, ON  
0
0 - 30  
15  
8
Step Rate  
0.1 - 20.0 Hz, note*2  
1 - 222  
0 - 1  
200  
1
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
50  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
Keysync Switch OFF, ON  
Keysync Thres 0 - 127  
Keysync Phase 0 - 360 degree  
Output Level  
127  
0 - 127  
0 - 180  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
60  
0
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
50  
127  
4 6 :Re ve rse De la y  
Output Level  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DLY Time1  
DLY Time2  
DLY Time3  
DLY Time4  
0 - 900 ms, note*2  
0 - 900 ms, note*2  
0 - 900 ms, note*2  
0 - 900 ms, note*2  
0 - 922  
0 - 922  
0 - 922  
0 - 922  
0 - 98  
913  
910  
913  
913  
49  
4 3 :Fo rm a n t Filte r  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
DLY Feedback1 -98 - +98%  
DLY Feedback4 -98 - +98%  
0 - 98  
54  
1
2
OD Switch  
OFF, ON  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
1
DLY HF Damp1 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
OD Drive  
0 - 127  
0 - 4  
127  
0
0 - 17  
17  
3
Filter Vowel 1  
Filter Vowel 2  
Filter Rate  
a, e, i, o, u  
a, e, i, o, u  
9
DLY HF Damp4 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)0 - 17  
4
0 - 4  
1
17  
5
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
20  
127  
50  
1
13  
14  
15  
10  
11  
12  
1
DLY Level1  
DLY Level2  
DLY Level3  
DLY Pan 1  
DLY Pan 2  
DLY Pan 3  
Threshold  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
127  
64  
64  
64  
0
6
Filter Depth  
Filter Manual  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
0 - 127  
9
0 - 127  
7
Keysync Switch OFF, ON  
Keysync Thres 0 - 127  
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
0 - 127  
8
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
60  
15  
15  
127  
64  
10  
11  
13  
12  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
-15 - +15 dB  
127  
30  
15  
15  
50  
127  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
17  
18  
16  
19  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
L64 - 63R  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
Output Level  
4 4 :Rin g Mo d u la to r  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
RM Freq  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
60  
RM MOD Source OFF, SOURCE,  
A, B, C, D  
0 - 5  
1
4 7 :Sh u ffle De la y  
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
RM MOD Monitor OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
RM Sens  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
1
2
7
6
8
DLY Time  
0 - 1800 ms, note*2  
0 - 1822  
0 - 100  
0 - 15  
1813  
67  
RM Polarity  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
UP, DOWN  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0
DLY ShuffleRate 0 - 100%  
DLY Acceleration 0 - 15  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
50  
127  
10  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
0 - 98  
59  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
Output Level  
0 - 17  
17  
0
3
4
Pan A  
L64 - 63R  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 30  
Pan B  
L64 - 63R  
127  
50  
15  
15  
50  
127  
4 5 :Mu lti Ta p De la y  
5
Balance  
A100:0B - A0:100B  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0E - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
9
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Lev Balance  
Output Level  
1
2
DLY Time1  
DLY Time2  
DLY Time3  
DLY Time4  
0 - 1800 ms, note*2  
0 - 1800 ms, note*2  
0 - 1800 ms, note*2  
0 - 1800 ms, note*2  
0 - 1822  
0 - 1822  
0 - 1822  
0 - 1822  
0 - 98  
1816  
1815  
1813  
1810  
59  
10  
11  
12  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
3
4
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
13  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
8 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
4 8 :3 D De la y  
5 1 :Lo Fi N o ise  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
3
1
2
8
DLY Time C  
DLY Time L  
DLY Time R  
0 - 1800 ms, note*2  
0 - 1800 ms, note*2  
0 - 1800 ms, note*2  
0 - 1822  
0 - 1822  
0 - 1822  
1815  
1810  
1813  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
LoFi Type  
1 - 9  
0 - 8  
2
PostFilter Type OFF, LPF, HPF  
PostFilter Cutoff 200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
Radio Noise Detune 0 - 127  
0 - 2  
1
0 - 16  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 3  
13  
0
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
0 - 17  
0 - 98  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
17  
59  
40  
64  
64  
15  
15  
40  
0
Radio Noise Level 0 - 127  
64  
0
7
6
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
Disc Noise Type LP, EP, SP, RND  
DLY Level C  
DLY Level L  
DLY Level R  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
0 - 127  
Disc Noise LPF  
200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*2)  
4
0 - 127  
0 - 17  
17  
0
5
0 - 127  
8
10  
11  
9
Disc Noise Level 0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
10  
11  
12  
9
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0E - D0:100W  
SPEAKER, PHONES  
0 - 127  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
15  
15  
100  
127  
64  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0E - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
Output Mode  
Output Level  
13  
12  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
13  
0 - 127  
127  
L64 - 63R  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
(*2) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
4 9 :3 Vo ice Pitch Sh ifte r  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
5 2 :Sp e a k e r Sim u la to r  
2
3
Coars Pitch1  
Coars Pitch2  
Coars Pitch3  
Fine Pitch1  
Fine Pitch2  
Fine Pitch3  
PS Mode  
-24 - +12 semitone  
-24 - +12 semitone  
-24 - +12 semitone  
-100 - +100 cent  
-100 - +100 cent  
-100 - +100 cent  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5  
0 - 36  
12  
0
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
0 - 36  
4
0 - 36  
0
1
2
3
4
5
SP Type  
(*1)  
0 - 15  
0 - 2  
6
5
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 4  
50  
50  
50  
0
Mic Setting  
Mic Level  
1, 2, 3  
0 - 127  
1
6
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
0
7
Mic DirectLevel 0 - 127  
Output Level 0 - 127  
1
127  
11  
12  
13  
8
PS Feedback1 -98 - +98%  
PS Feedback2 -98 - +98%  
PS Feedback3 -98 - +98%  
PS PreDelay1 0.0 - 500 ms  
PS PreDelay2 0.0 - 500 ms  
PS PreDelay3 0.0 - 500 ms  
0 - 98  
49  
49  
49  
0
(*1) Small 1, Small 2, Middle, JC-120, Built In 1, Built In 2, Built In 3,  
Built In 4, Built In 5, BG Stack 1, BG Stack 2, MS Stack 1, MS  
Stack 2, Metal Stack, 2 Stack, 3 Stack  
0 - 98  
0 - 98  
0 - 126  
0 - 126  
0 - 126  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
9
0
5 3 :O ve rd rive 2  
10  
20  
17  
18  
19  
14  
15  
16  
21  
0
Balance  
Level1  
Level2  
Level3  
Pan1  
D100:0E - D0:100W  
100  
127  
127  
127  
64  
0
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
0 - 127  
1
2
4
5
OD Drive  
OD Tone  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
127  
50  
1
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
AmpSim Switch OFF, ON  
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
0 - 127  
AmpSim Type SMALL, BUILT-IN,  
2-STACK, 3-STACK  
Pan2  
0 - 3  
0
Pan3  
127  
127  
6
7
8
3
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
127  
64  
Output Level  
L64 - 63R  
5 0 :Lo Fi Co m p re ss  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
5 4 :Disto rtio n 2  
2
1
LoFi Type  
1 - 9  
0 - 8  
5
PreFilter Type 1 - 6  
0 - 5  
1
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
3
PostFilter1 Type 1 - 6  
0 - 5  
1
1
2
4
5
DS Drive  
DS Tone  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
127  
50  
1
4
PostFilter2 Type OFF, BPF, LPF  
PostFilter2 CutOff 200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0 - 2  
1
5
0 - 16  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
13  
15  
15  
100  
127  
64  
AmpSim Switch OFF, ON  
7
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0E - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
AmpSim Type SMALL, BUILT-IN,  
2-STACK, 3-STACK  
0 - 3  
3
8
6
7
8
3
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
127  
64  
6
10  
9
Output Level  
Output Pan  
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
8 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
24  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
5 5 :Ste re o Co m p re sso r  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
5 9 :Iso la to r  
2
1
3
4
5
6
COMP Attack  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 3  
64  
127  
0
COMP Sustain 0 - 127  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
COMP PostGain 0, +6, +12, +18 dB  
3
2
Boost/Cut Low -60 - +4 dB  
Boost/Cut Mid -60 - +4 dB  
Boost/Cut High 60 - +4 dB  
AntiPhaseLow SW OFF, ON  
AntiPhaseLow Lev 0 - 127  
AntiPhaseMid SW OFF, ON  
AntiPhaseMid Lev 0 - 127  
LowBoost SW OFF, ON  
LowBoost Lev 0 - 127  
0 - 64  
0 - 64  
0 - 64  
0 - 1  
60  
60  
60  
0
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
127  
1
6
7
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
127  
0
4
5 6 :Ste re o Lim ite r  
5
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
127  
0
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
8
1
3
2
4
5
6
7
LM Threshold  
LM Ratio  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 3  
64  
2
9
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
127  
1.5:1, 2:1, 4:1, 100:1  
0 - 127  
10  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
LM Release  
LM PostGain  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 3  
32  
1
0, +6, +12, +18 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
6 0 :3 D Ch o ru s  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
127  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
4
5
CH LFO Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
10  
20  
90  
10  
0
CH LFO Depth 0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 90  
0 - 125  
0 - 2  
6
CH Phase  
0 - 180 degree  
5 7 :Ga te  
3
CH PreDelay  
Filter Type  
0.0 - 100 ms  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
OFF, LPF, HPF  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
-15 - +15 dB  
4
6
7
8
1
2
Gate Mode  
Gate Attack  
Gate Hold  
GATE, DUCK  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
0
0
0
0
2
Filter Cutoff  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
0 - 16  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
7
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
8
15  
15  
50  
0
0 - 127  
9
-15 - +15 dB  
Gate Release  
GateKey Key  
0 - 127  
10  
7
D100:0W - D0:100W  
SPEAKER, PHONES  
0 - 127  
SOURCE, A  
Output Mode  
Output Level  
GateKey Threshold  
0 - 127  
GateKey Monitor OFF, ON  
11  
0 - 127  
127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
70  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
3
5
9
1
Balance  
D100:0E - D0:100W  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
100  
127  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
6 1 :3 D Fla n g e r  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
5 8 :Slice r  
4
5
FL LFO Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*1 1 - 222  
10  
50  
89  
90  
5
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
FL LFO Depth 0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 90  
0 - 125  
0 - 2  
1
2
Beat11  
Beat12  
Beat13  
Beat14  
Beat21  
Beat22  
Beat23  
Beat24  
Beat31  
Beat32  
Beat33  
Beat34  
Beat41  
Beat42  
Beat43  
Beat44  
Rate  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
0
6
FL Feedback  
FL Phase  
-98 - +98%  
9
0 - 180 degree  
0.0 - 100 ms  
3
0
3
FL PreDelay  
Filter Type  
Filter Cutoff  
4
0
1
OFF, LPF, HPF  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0
5
0
2
0 - 16  
0 - 1  
7
6
0
7
StepRate Switch OFF, ON  
0
7
127  
0
8
Step Rate  
0.1 - 20.0 Hz, note*2  
1 - 222  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
200  
15  
15  
50  
0
8
11  
12  
13  
10  
14  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
9
0
-15 - +15 dB  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
0
D100:0W - D0:100W  
SPEAKER, PHONES  
0 - 127  
127  
0
Output Mode  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
127  
0
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
127  
0
0
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
40  
50  
1
6 2 :Tre m o lo  
Attack  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
ResetTrigger  
SOURCE, A  
1
TRE Mod Wave TRI, SQR, SIN, SAW1,  
SAW2  
Reset Threshold 0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
60  
1
0 - 4  
0
Reset Monitor Off, On  
2
3
4
TRE Rate  
0.05 - 10.0 Hz, note*2  
0 - 127  
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
80  
96  
15  
BeatChange Mode LEGATO, SLASH  
BeatChange Shuffle 0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
TRE Depth  
EQ Low Gain  
0 - 127  
0
-15 - +15 dB  
8 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
5
6
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
15  
9
Keysync Thres 0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
60  
0 - 127  
127  
11  
12  
13  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
-15 - +15 dB  
15  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
15  
0 - 127  
127  
6 3 :Au to Pa n  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
6 7 :Mu lti Ta p De la y 2  
1
AutoPan ModWave  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
TRI, SQR, SIN, SAW1, SAW2  
0 - 4  
0
1
2
DLY Time1  
DLY Time2  
DLY Time3  
DLY Time4  
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3022  
0 - 3022  
0 - 3022  
0 - 3022  
0 - 98  
3016  
3015  
3013  
3010  
59  
2
3
4
5
6
AutoPan Rate 0.05 - 10.0 Hz, note*2  
AutoPan Depth 0 - 127  
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
40  
96  
15  
15  
127  
3
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
4
13  
14  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
0 - 17  
17  
9
10  
11  
12  
5
DLY Level1  
DLY Level2  
DLY Level3  
DLY Level4  
DLY Pan 1  
DLY Pan 2  
DLY Pan 3  
DLY Pan 4  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
127  
127  
127  
127  
0
0 - 127  
6 4 :Ste re o Ph a se r 2  
0 - 127  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
0 - 127  
1
2
PH Type  
PH Mode  
1, 2  
0 - 1  
0
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
4 stage, 8 stage,  
6
32  
12 stage, 16 stage  
0 - 3  
1
7
96  
3
6
PH Polarity  
PH Manual  
PH Rate  
INVERSE, SYNCHRO  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
1
8
127  
15  
0 - 127  
64  
10  
64  
64  
69  
127  
0
15  
16  
17  
18  
4
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
0 - 30  
15  
5
PH Depth  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
50  
7
PH Resonance 0 - 127  
Output Level  
127  
8
PH X-Feedback -98 - +98%  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
11  
9
PH Mix Level  
0 - 127  
StepRate Switch OFF, ON  
10  
12  
13  
14  
Step Rate  
0.1 - 20.0 Hz, note*2  
1 - 222  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
50  
15  
15  
127  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
6 8 :Re ve rse De la y 2  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DLY Time1  
DLY Time2  
DLY Time3  
DLY Time4  
0 - 1500 ms, note*2  
0 - 1500 ms, note*2  
0 - 1500 ms, note*2  
0 - 1500 ms, note*2  
0 - 1522  
0 - 1522  
0 - 1522  
0 - 1522  
0 - 98  
1516  
1513  
1516  
1516  
49  
6 5 :Ste re o Au to W a h  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
DLY Feedback1 -98 - +98%  
DLY Feedback4 -98 - +98%  
1
4
AW FilterType LPF, BPF  
0 - 1  
1
0 - 98  
54  
AW Sens  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
60  
100  
40  
20  
40  
1
DLY HFDamp1 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
5
AW Manual  
AW Peak  
0 - 17  
17  
6
9
DLY HFDamp4 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
2
AW LFORate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
0 - 17  
17  
127  
64  
64  
64  
0
3
AW LFODepth 0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
13  
14  
15  
10  
11  
12  
1
DLY Level1  
DLY Level2  
DLY Level3  
DLY Pan1  
DLY Pan2  
DLY Pan3  
Threshold  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
7
AW Polarity  
AW Phase  
UP, DOWN  
0 - 127  
8
0 - 180 degree  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 90  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
45  
15  
15  
127  
0 - 127  
9
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
L64 - 63R  
0 - 127  
10  
11  
127  
30  
15  
15  
50  
127  
17  
18  
16  
19  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
6 6 :Ste re o Fo rm a n t Filte r  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
Output Level  
1
2
OD Switch  
OD Drive  
OFF, ON  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
1
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
0 - 127  
0 - 4  
127  
0
3
Filter Vowel1  
Filter Vowel2  
Filter Rate  
a, e, i, o, u  
a, e, i, o, u  
4
0 - 4  
1
5
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
20  
127  
50  
0
6
Filter Depth  
Filter Manual  
Filter Phase  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 90  
0 - 1  
10  
7
0 - 100  
0 - 180 degree  
8
Keysync Switch OFF, ON  
1
8 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
3
4
5
6
7
OD/DS Drive  
OD/DS Tone  
OD/DS Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
64  
50  
80  
1
6 9 :Sh u ffle De la y 2  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
DLY Time  
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3022  
0 - 100  
0 - 15  
3013  
67  
AmpSim Switch OFF, ON  
DLY ShuffleRate 0 - 100%  
DLY Acceleration 0 - 15  
AmpSim Type SMALL, BUILT-IN,  
2-STACK, 3-STACK  
0 - 3  
0
7
10  
8
9
EQ Switch  
OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
6
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
0 - 98  
59  
EQ Low Gain  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0  
OFF, ON  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 16  
0 - 4  
15  
15  
15  
7
8
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz, BYPASS (*1)0 - 17  
17  
12 EQ Mid Gain  
3
DLY Pan A  
DLY Pan B  
DLY Balance  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
L64 - 63R  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 30  
0
13  
EQ High Gain  
EQ Mid Freq  
EQ Mid Q  
4
L64 - 63R  
127  
50  
10  
11  
14  
19  
16  
18  
21  
23  
24  
15  
17  
20  
22  
26  
25  
5
A100:0B - A0:100B  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0
9
15  
ROT Switch  
ROT Speed  
0 - 1  
1
10  
11  
12  
0 - 30  
15  
SLOW, FAST  
0 - 1  
0
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
50  
ROT WF Slow 0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
ROT WF Fast 0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
40  
160  
10  
127  
127  
40  
160  
10  
127  
127  
64  
Output Level  
127  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
ROT WF Accel 0 - 15  
ROT WF Level 0 - 127  
ROT Separation 0 - 127  
0 - 15  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
7 0 :3 D De la y 2  
ROT TW Slow 0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
ROT TW Fast 0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
ROT TW Accel 0 - 15  
ROT TW Level 0 - 127  
0 - 15  
3
1
2
8
DLY Time C  
DLY Time L  
DLY Time R  
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3022  
0 - 3022  
0 - 3022  
3015  
3010  
3013  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
0 - 127  
L64 - 63R  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz,  
BYPASS (*1)  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
0 - 17  
0 - 98  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
17  
59  
40  
64  
64  
15  
15  
40  
0
7
6
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
DLY Level C  
DLY Level L  
DLY Level R  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
0 - 127  
4
0 - 127  
7 3 :Ke y b o a rd Mu lti  
5
0 - 127  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
10  
11  
12  
9
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
SPEAKER, PHONES  
0 - 127  
1
2
RingMod Switch OFF, ON  
RingMod Freq 0 - 127  
0 - 1  
1
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
60  
50  
1
Output Mode  
Output Level  
3
RingMod Bal  
EQ Switch  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
13  
0 - 127  
127  
4
OFF, ON  
5
EQ Low Gain  
EQ Mid Gain  
EQ High Gain  
EQ Mid Freq  
EQ Mid Q  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0  
OFF, ON  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 16  
0 - 4  
15  
15  
15  
7
8
7 1 :Ro ta ry 2  
9
6
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
7
0
11  
12  
13  
1
Rotary Speed  
Rotary Brake  
Spread Value  
WF SlowRate  
WF FastRate  
WF Level  
SLOW, FAST  
OFF, ON  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0 - 1  
0 - 10  
0
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
PS Switch  
0 - 1  
1
0
PS Mode  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5  
0 - 4  
0
10  
40  
160  
127  
64  
64  
40  
160  
127  
64  
64  
15  
15  
127  
PS CoarsTune -24 - +12 semitone  
0 - 36  
0 - 100  
0 - 126  
0 - 98  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
31  
50  
0
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
PS FineTune  
PS PreDelay  
PS Feedback  
PS Balance  
PH Switch  
PH Mode  
-100 - +100 cent  
0.0 - 500 ms  
-98 - +98%  
2
5
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
59  
50  
1
3
WF TransUp  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
OFF, ON  
4
WF TransDown 0 - 127  
6
TW SlowRate  
TW FastRate  
TW Level  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
4 STAGE, 8 STAGE  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
1
7
PH Manual  
PH Rate  
0 - 127  
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
10  
64  
64  
64  
1
10  
8
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0.05 - 10.0, note*2  
0 - 127  
TW TransUp  
PH Depth  
9
TW TransDown 0 - 127  
PH Resonance 0 - 127  
14  
15  
16  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
-15 - +15 dB  
PH Mix Level  
DLY Switch  
0 - 127  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
OFF, ON  
0 - 127  
DLY TimeLeft  
0 - 3000, note*2  
0 - 3022  
0 - 3022  
0 - 98  
3013  
3010  
59  
17  
50  
127  
DLY TimeRight 0 - 3000, note*2  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
7 2 :Ro ta ry Mu lti  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz, BYPASS 0 - 17  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
DLY Balance  
Output Level  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
1
2
OD/DS Switch OFF, ON  
OD/DS Type  
0 - 1  
1
0
OVERDRIVE, DISTORTION 0 - 1  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
8 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
24  
23  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
64  
(*2) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000, BYPASS  
(*1) MELLOW DRIVE, OVERDRIVE, CRY DRIVE, MELLOW DIST,  
LIGHT DIST, FAT DIST, FUZZ DIST  
7 4 :Rh o d e s Mu lti  
7 6 :Ste re o Lo Fi Co m p re ss  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
EH Switch  
EH Sens  
OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
127  
64  
1
2
1
3
4
5
7
8
6
9
LoFi Type  
1 - 9  
0 - 8  
5
3
EH Mix Level  
PH Switch  
PH Mode  
0 - 127  
PreFilter Type 1 - 6  
0 - 5  
1
4
OFF, ON  
PostFilter1 Type 1 - 6  
0 - 5  
1
5
4 STAGE, 8 STAGE  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
1
PostFilter2 Type OFF, LPF, HPF  
PostFilter2 Cutoff 200 - 8000 Hz  
0 - 2  
1
6
PH Manual  
PH Mix Level  
PH Rate  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
64  
10  
64  
64  
1
0 - 16  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
13  
15  
15  
100  
127  
10  
7
0 - 127  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
0.05 - 10.0, note*2  
0 - 127  
8
PH Depth  
9
PH Resonance 0 - 127  
Output Level  
11  
12  
14  
15  
16  
13  
19  
17  
18  
20  
21  
22  
CH/FL Switch  
CH/FL Type  
CH/FL Rate  
CH/FL Depth  
OFF, ON  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
CHORUS, FLANGER  
0.05 - 10.0, note*2  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 125  
0 - 100  
0 - 2  
10  
20  
89  
10  
50  
0
CH/FL Feedback -98 - +98%  
CH/FL PreDelay 0.0 - 100  
7 7 :Ste re o Lo Fi N o ise  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
CH/FL Bal  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
1
LoFi Type  
1 - 9  
0 - 8  
0 - 1  
2
CH/FL Type  
CH/FL Cutoff  
OFF, LPF, HPF  
12 Hum Noise Type 50, 60 Hz  
0
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0 - 16  
0 - 1  
7
13 Hum Noise LPF 200 - 8000 Hz, BYPASS (*1)0 - 17  
17  
0
TRE/PAN Switch OFF, ON  
1
14 Hum Noise Level 0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 2  
TRE/PAN Type TREMOLO, AUTO PAN 0 - 1  
0
2
3
PostFilter Type OFF, LPF, HPF  
PostFilter Cutoff 200 - 8000 Hz (*2)  
DiscNoise Type LP, EP, SP, RND  
1
TRE/PAN ModWave  
TRI, SQR, SIN, SAW1,SAW2  
0 - 4  
0 - 16  
0 - 3  
13  
0
0
9
23  
24  
25  
TRE/PAN Rate 0.05 - 10.0, note*2  
TRE/PAN Depth 0 - 127  
1 - 222  
80  
64  
127  
10  
11  
4
DiscNoise LPF 200 - 8000 Hz, BYPASS (*1)0 - 17  
17  
0
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
DiscNoise Level 0 - 127  
0 - 127  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
RadioNoise Detune  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
5
RadioNoise Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
1
6
7
Noise Type  
Noise LPF  
WHITE, PINK  
200 - 8000 Hz, BYPASS (*1)  
7 5 :JD Mu lti  
0 - 17  
17  
0
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
8
Noise Level  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Balance  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
1
2
SEQUENCE  
DS Switch  
PH Switch  
SP Switch  
EH Switch  
DSType  
0 - 23  
0 - 23  
0 - 1  
0
16  
17  
15  
18  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
100  
127  
OFF, ON  
OFF, ON  
OFF, ON  
OFF, ON  
(*1)  
1
0 - 30  
6
0 - 1  
1
0 - 100  
0 - 127  
12  
20  
3
0 - 1  
1
Output Level  
0 - 1  
1
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
0 - 6  
0
4
DSDrive  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 99  
0 - 100  
1 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
0 - 4  
50  
50  
42  
50  
10  
50  
50  
0
(*2) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
5
DSLevel  
0 - 100  
7
PH Manual  
PH Mix Level  
PH Rate  
50 Hz - 15.0 kHz  
0 - 100  
11  
8
0.1 - 10.0 Hz  
0 - 100  
9
PH Depth  
10  
19  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
21  
22  
PH Resonance 1 - 100  
SP BandWidth 1 - 5  
Spectrum 250Hz -15 - +15 dB  
Spectrum 500Hz -15 - +15 dB  
Spectrum 1000Hz -15 - +15 dB  
Spectrum 2000Hz -15 - +15 dB  
Spectrum 4000Hz -15 - +15 dB  
Spectrum 8000Hz -15 - +15 dB  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
15  
15  
15  
15  
15  
15  
50  
50  
EH Sens  
0 - 100  
0 - 100  
EH Mix level  
9 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
7
8
OD/DS Drive  
OD/DS Tone  
OD/DS Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
64  
50  
80  
1
7 8 :Gu ita r Am p Sim u la to r  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
9
1
2
3
4
5
9
AmpSim Switch OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
10  
11  
AmpSim Switch OFF, ON  
Amp Type  
(*1)  
0 - 13  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 2  
2
AmpSim Type SMALL, BUILT-IN, 2-STACK, 3STACK  
0 - 3  
0
Amp Volume  
Amp Master  
Amp Gain  
0 - 127  
90  
100  
1
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
DLY Switch  
OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
0 - 127  
DLY TimeLeft  
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3022  
0 - 3022  
0 - 98  
3013  
3010  
59  
LOW, MID, HIGH  
DLY TimeRight 0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
Amp Presence  
0 - 127  
(Match Drive: -127 - 0)  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
10  
6
Amp Bright  
Amp Bass  
Amp Middle  
Amp Treble  
OFF, ON  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz, BYPASS (*1)  
0 - 17  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
64  
75  
1
17  
50  
1
7
17  
18  
19  
21  
22  
23  
20  
26  
24  
25  
28  
27  
DLY Balance  
CH/FL Switch  
CH/FL Type  
CH/FL Rate  
CH/FL Depth  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
OFF, ON  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
8
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
17  
16  
Speaker Switch OFF, ON  
Speaker Type (*2)  
CHORUS, FLANGER  
0.05 - 10.0 Hz, note*2  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
0 - 15  
0 - 2  
6
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 125  
0 - 100  
0 - 2  
10  
20  
89  
10  
50  
0
Mic Setting  
Mic Level  
1, 2, 3  
1
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
L64 - 63R  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
0
CH/FL Feedback -98 - +98%  
Mic Direct  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
CH/FL PreDelay 0.0 - 100 ms  
CH/FL Balance D100:0W - D0:100W  
CH/FL FilterType OFF, LPF, HPF  
127  
64  
CH/FL Cutoff  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
200 - 8000 Hz (*2)  
0 - 127  
0 - 16  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
7
(*1) JC-120, Clean Twin, Match Drive, BG Lead, MS1959I, MS1959II,  
MS1959I+II, SLDN Lead, Metal 5150, Metal Lead, OD-1, OD-2  
Turbo, Distortion, Fuzz  
127  
64  
L64 - 63R  
(*2) Small1, Small2, Middle, JC-120, Built In 1, Built In 2, Built In 3,  
Built In 4, Built In 5, BG Stack 1, BG Stack 2, MS Stack 1, MS  
Stack 2, Metal Stack, 2 Stack, 3 Stack  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
(*2) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
7 9 :Ste re o O ve rd rive  
8 2 :Gu ita r Mu lti B  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
3
4
OD Drive  
OD Tone  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
127  
50  
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
COMP Switch OFF, ON  
COMP Attack 0 - 127  
COMP Sustain 0 - 127  
COMP Level 0 - 127  
OD/DS Switch OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
127  
80  
1
AmpSim Switch OFF, ON  
AmpSim Type SMALL, BUILT-IN,  
2-STACK, 3-STACK  
0 - 3  
0
5
6
7
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
127  
OD/DS Type  
OVERDRIVE, DISTORTION  
0 - 1  
0
7
8
OD/DS Drive  
OD/DS Tone  
OD/DS Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
50  
80  
1
9
10  
11  
AmpSim Switch OFF, ON  
8 0 :Ste re o Disto rtio n  
AmpSim Type SMALL, BUILT-IN,2-STACK, 3STACK  
0 - 3  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
0
1
2
3
4
DS Drive  
DS Tone  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
127  
50  
1
12  
13  
16  
17  
14  
15  
18  
19  
21  
22  
23  
20  
26  
24  
25  
28  
27  
EQ Switch  
OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
EQ Low Gain  
EQ Mid Gain  
EQ High Gain  
EQ Mid Freq  
EQ Mid Q  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 16  
0 - 4  
15  
15  
15  
7
AmpSim Switch OFF, ON  
AmpSim Type SMALL, BUILT-IN,  
2-STACK, 3-STACK  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 3  
3
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0  
OFF, ON  
5
6
7
EQ Low Gain  
EQ High Gain  
Output Level  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 127  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 127  
15  
15  
127  
0
CH/FL Switch  
CH/FL Type  
CH/FL Rate  
CH/FL Depth  
0 - 1  
1
CHORUS, FLANGER  
0.05 - 10.0 Hz, note*2  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 125  
0 - 100  
0 - 2  
10  
20  
89  
10  
50  
0
8 1 :Gu ita r Mu lti A  
CH/FL Feedback -98 - +98%  
CH/FL PreDelay 0.0 - 100 ms  
CH/FL Balance D100:0W - D0:100W  
CH/FL FilterType OFF, LPF, HPF  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
3
4
5
6
COMP Switch OFF, ON  
COMP Attack 0 - 127  
COMP Sustain 0 - 127  
COMP Level 0 - 127  
OD/DS Switch OFF, ON  
OD/DS Type  
0 - 1  
1
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
127  
80  
1
CH/FL Cutoff  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0 - 127  
0 - 16  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
7
127  
64  
L64 - 63R  
OVERDRIVE, DISTORTION  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
0 - 1  
0
9 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
18  
20  
21  
22  
19  
25  
23  
24  
27  
26  
CH/FL Type  
CH/FL Rate  
CH/FL Depth  
CHORUS, FLANGER  
0.05 - 10.0 Hz  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
8 3 :Gu ita r Mu lti C  
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 125  
0 - 100  
0 - 2  
10  
20  
89  
10  
50  
0
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
OD/DS Switch OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
CH/FL Feedback -98 - +98%  
CH/FL PreDly 0.0 - 100 ms  
OD/DS Type  
OVERDRIVE, DISTORTION  
0 - 1  
0
CH/FL Balance D100:0E - D0:100E  
CH/FL FilterType OFF, LPF, HPF  
3
4
OD/DS Drive  
OD/DS Tone  
OD/DS Level  
AW Switch  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
OFF, ON  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
50  
64  
1
CH/FL FiltCut  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0 - 127  
0 - 16  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
7
5
127  
64  
6
L64 - 63R  
7
AW FilterType LPF, BPF  
0 - 1  
0
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
8
AW Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
20  
0
9
AW Depth  
AW Sens  
AW Manual  
AW Peak  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
(*2) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
32  
32  
50  
1
AmpSim Switch OFF, ON  
8 5 :Cle a n Gu ita r Mu lti B  
AmpSim Type SMALL, BUILT-IN,2-STACK, 3STACK  
0 - 3  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
0
1
2
AW Switch  
OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
0 - 1  
1
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
DLY Switch  
OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
AW FilterType LPF, BPF  
0
DLY TimeLeft  
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3022  
0 - 3022  
0 - 98  
3013  
3010  
59  
3
AW Rate  
0.05 - 10.00 Hz, note*2 1 - 222  
20  
0
DLY TimeRight 0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
4
AW Depth  
AW Sens  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
5
0 - 127  
32  
32  
50  
1
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz, BYPASS (*1)  
0 - 17  
17  
50  
1
6
AW Manual  
AW Peak  
0 - 127  
20  
21  
22  
24  
25  
26  
23  
29  
27  
28  
31  
30  
DLY Bal  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
OFF, ON  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
7
0 - 127  
CH/FL Switch  
CH/FL Type  
CH/FL Rate  
CH/FL Depth  
8
EQ Switch  
EQ LowGain  
EQ MidGain  
EQ HighGain  
EQ MidFreq  
EQ MidQ  
OFF, ON  
CHORUS, FLANGER  
0.05 - 10.0 Hz, note*2  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
9
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0  
OFF, ON  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 16  
0 - 4  
15  
15  
15  
7
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 125  
0 - 100  
0 - 2  
10  
20  
89  
10  
50  
0
12  
13  
10  
11  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
CH/FL Feedback -98 - +98%  
CH/FL PreDly 0.0 - 100 ms  
0
CH/FL Balanc D100:0W - D0:100W  
CH/FL FilterType OFF, LPF, HPF  
DLY Switch  
DLY TimeLeft  
0 - 1  
1
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3022  
0 - 3022  
0 - 98  
3013  
3010  
59  
CH/FL Cutoff  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
200 - 8000 Hz (*2)  
0 - 127  
0 - 16  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
7
DLY TimeRight 0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
127  
64  
L64 - 63R  
DLY HFDamp 200 - 8000 Hz, BYPASS (*2)  
0 - 17  
17  
50  
1
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000, BYPASS  
19  
20  
21  
23  
24  
25  
22  
28  
26  
27  
30  
29  
DLY Balance  
CH/FL Switch  
CH/FL Type  
CH/FL Rate  
CH/FL Depth  
D100:0W - D0:100W  
OFF, ON  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
(*2) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000  
CHORUS, FLANGER  
0.05 - 10.0 Hz, note*2  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 125  
0 - 100  
0 - 2  
10  
20  
89  
10  
50  
0
8 4 :Cle a n Gu ita r Mu lti A  
CH/FL Feedback -98 - +98%  
CH/FL PreDly 0.0 - 100 ms  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
CH/FL Balance D100:0W - D0:100W  
CH/FL FiltType OFF, LPF, HPF  
1
2
COMP Switch OFF, ON  
COMP Attack 0 - 127  
COMP Sustain 0 - 127  
0 - 1  
1
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
127  
80  
1
CH/FL FiltCut  
Output Level  
Output Pan  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0 - 127  
0 - 16  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
7
3
127  
64  
4
COMP Level  
EQ Switch  
0 - 127  
L64 - 63R  
5
OFF, ON  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
6
EQ Low Gain  
EQ Mid Gain  
EQ High Gain  
EQ Mid Freq  
EQ Mid Q  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0  
OFF, ON  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 16  
0 - 4  
15  
15  
15  
7
9
(*2) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz, BYPASS  
10  
7
8
0
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
DLY Switch  
DLY TimeLeft  
0 - 1  
1
0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
0 - 3022  
0 - 3022  
0 - 98  
3013  
3010  
59  
DLY TimeRight 0 - 3000 ms, note*2  
DLY Feedback -98 - +98%  
DLY HF Damp 200 - 8000 Hz, BYPASS (*2)  
0 - 17  
17  
50  
1
16  
17  
DLY Balance  
CH/FL Switch  
D100:0E - D0:100E  
OFF, ON  
0 - 100  
0 - 1  
9 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
8 6 :Ba ss Mu lti  
8 8 :Ste re o Sp e ctru m  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
1
2
3
4
5
6
COMP Switch OFF, ON  
COMP Attack 0 - 127  
COMP Sustain 0 - 127  
COMP Level 0 - 127  
OD/DS Switch OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
1
2
250Hz Gain  
500Hz Gain  
1000HzGain  
1250HzGain  
2000HzGain  
3150HzGain  
4000HzGain  
8000HzGain  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 4  
15  
15  
15  
15  
15  
15  
15  
15  
0
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
127  
80  
1
3
4
5
OD/DS Type  
OVERDRIVE,DISTORTION  
6
0 - 1  
0
7
7
8
OD/DS Drive  
OD/DS Level  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
64  
80  
1
8
9
Band Width Q 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0  
Output Level 0 - 127  
9
AmpSim Switch OFF, ON  
10  
0 - 127  
127  
10  
AmpSim Type SMALL, BUILT-IN,2-STACK  
0 - 2  
0
11  
12  
15  
16  
13  
14  
17  
18  
20  
21  
22  
19  
25  
23  
24  
27  
26  
EQ Switch  
OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
8 9 :3 D Au to Sp in  
EQ Low Gain  
EQ Mid Gain  
EQ High Gain  
EQ Mid Freq  
EQ Mid Q  
-15 - +15 dB  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 30  
0 - 16  
0 - 4  
15  
15  
15  
7
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
-15 - +15 dB  
1
2
3
4
5
6
AutoSpin Azimuth L180 - R180 (*1)  
AutoSpin Speed 0.05 - 10.0 Hz, note*2  
AutoSpin Clockwise -, +  
0 - 30  
1 - 222  
0 - 1  
15  
26  
1
-15 - +15 dB  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0  
OFF, ON  
0
AutoSpin Turn OFF, ON  
0 - 1  
1
CH/FL Switch  
CH/FL Type  
CH/FL Rate  
CH/FL Depth  
0 - 1  
1
Output Mode  
Output Level  
SPEAKER, PHONES  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
CHORUS, FLANGER  
0.05 - 10.0 Hz, note*2  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
0
0 - 127  
127  
1 - 222  
0 - 127  
0 - 98  
0 - 125  
0 - 100  
0 - 2  
10  
20  
89  
10  
50  
0
(*1) L180, L168, L156, L144, L132, L120, L108, L96, L84, L72, L60,  
L48, L36, L24, L12, 0, R12, R24, R36, R48, R60, R72, R84, R96,  
R108, R120, R132, R144, R156, R168, R180  
CH/FL Feedback -98 - +98%  
CH/FL PreDly 0.0 - 100 ms  
CH/FL Balance D100:0W - D0:100W  
CH/FL FilterType OFF, LPF, HPF  
9 0 :3 D Ma n u a l  
CH/FL FiltCut  
Output Level  
200 - 8000 Hz (*1)  
0 - 127  
0 - 16  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
7
127  
64  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
COMP Switch OFF, ON  
1
2
3
AutoSpin Azimuth L180 - R180 (*1)  
0 - 30  
0 - 1  
15  
0
Output Mode  
Output Level  
SPEAKER, PHONES  
0 - 127  
(*1) 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000,  
2500, 3150, 4000, 5000, 6300, 8000 Hz  
0 - 127  
127  
(*1) L180, L168, L156, L144, L132, L120, L108, L96, L84, L72, L60,  
L48, L36, L24, L12, 0, R12, R24, R36, R48, R60, R72, R84, R96,  
R108, R120, R132, R144, R156, R168, R180  
8 7 :Iso la to r 2  
No.  
Parameter  
Setting Value  
Value Dec.  
Initial  
note*1  
3
2
Boost/Cut Low -60 - +4 dB  
Boost/Cut Mid -60 - +4 dB  
Boost/Cut High -60 - +4 dB  
AntiPhase LowSW OFF, ON  
AntiPhase Lev 0 - 127  
AntiPhase MidSW OFF, ON  
AntiPhase Lev 0 - 127  
0 - 64  
0 - 64  
0 - 64  
0 - 1  
60  
60  
60  
0
(Eighth-note triplet),  
(Half-note triplet), (Dotted eighth note), (Quarter note),  
(Dotted quarter note), (Half note),  
(Sixteenth note),  
(Dotted sixteenth note), (Eighth note),  
1
(Half-note triplet),  
6
7
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
127  
0
4
5
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
127  
0
8
Filter Switch  
Filter Type  
Filter Cutoff  
OFF, ON  
9
OFF, LPF, HPF  
0 - 127  
0 - 3  
1
11  
12  
10  
13  
14  
15  
16  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
0 - 1  
80  
0
note*2  
Filter Resonance 0 - 127  
Filter Slope  
Filter Gain  
-12, -24 dB  
0 - 24 dB  
0
(Sixty-fourth-note triplet),  
(Thirty-second note),  
(Sixty-fourth note),  
(Thirty-second-note triplet),  
(Dotted thirty-second note),  
(Dotted sixteenth note),  
0 - 24  
0 - 1  
0
LowBoost Switch OFF, ON  
LowBoost Level 0 - 127  
0
(Sixteenth-note triplet),  
0 - 127  
0 - 127  
127  
127  
Output Level  
0 - 127  
(Eighth-note triplet),  
(Quarter-note triplet),  
(Half-note triplet),  
(Sixteenth note),  
(Eighth note),  
(Dotted eighth note),  
(Quarter note),  
(Dotted quarter note),  
(Half note),  
(Whole-note triplet),  
(Double-note triplet),  
(Dotted half note),  
(Whole note),  
(Double note)  
(Dotted whole note),  
9 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
9 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
In stru m e n t list (GM2 / N a tive m o d e )  
Pia n o  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
1
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Piano 1  
Piano 1w  
Piano 1d  
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
Ac.Piano  
Ac.Piano w  
Mild Piano  
1
1
1
98  
98  
98  
St.Piano 1  
St.Piano 1w  
European Pf  
2
2
4
99  
99  
99  
SD Piano  
SD Piano w  
Classic Pf  
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
0
1
96  
96  
Piano 2  
Piano 2w  
1
1
97  
97  
Rock Piano  
Rock Piano w  
1
1
98  
98  
St.Piano 2  
St.Piano 2w  
2
2
99  
99  
Enh.Piano 2  
Enh.Piano 2w  
2
2
0
1
96  
96  
Piano 3  
Piano 3w  
1
1
97  
97  
E.Grand Pf  
E.Grand Pf w  
2
2
98  
98  
SA Piano  
SA Piano w  
2
2
99  
99  
Enh.E Grand  
Enh.E Grandw  
2
2
0
1
96  
96  
Honky-tonk  
Honky-tonk w  
2
2
97  
97  
Old Honky  
Old Honky w  
2
2
98  
98  
St.Honky  
St.Honky w  
4
4
99  
99  
Brite Honky  
Brite Honkyw  
3
3
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
E.Piano 1  
3
2
1
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
Soft Rhodes  
Fat Rhodes  
Rhodes Wide  
Wurly Soft  
2
3
2
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
Tremo Rhodes 2  
99  
99  
99  
99  
Stage 73  
NY Rhodes  
Phase Dyno  
Whirly  
3
2
1
2
Detuned EP1  
Dyno Rhodes  
60’s E.Piano  
Sweet Tynes  
Tremo Dyno  
Tremo Wurly  
3
4
2
6
0
1
2
3
4
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
E.Piano 2  
Detuned EP2  
E.Piano 2v  
EP Legend  
EP Phase  
2
3
2
2
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
FM E.Piano  
Soft FM EP  
SA E.Piano  
EP Legend 2  
EP Phase 2  
2
3
2
3
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
FM Hard EP  
Brite FM EP  
Brite FM EP2  
EP Legend 3  
EP Phase 3  
1
2
2
4
3
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
Chorus EP  
Phase FM EP  
Wah FM EP  
Enh.Legend  
Phasing EP  
1
2
2
3
2
7
8
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
Harpsichord  
Coupl hps  
Harpsi w  
1
2
1
1
97  
97  
97  
97  
Harpsi 2  
2
4
2
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
St.Harpsichd  
St.Coupl hps  
St.Harpsi w  
St.Harpsi o  
2
4
2
2
99  
99  
99  
99  
Enh.Harpsi  
Enh.Coupl hp  
Enh.Harpsi w  
Enh.Harpsi o  
2
4
2
2
Coupl hps 2  
Harpsi 2 w  
Harpsi 2 o  
Harpsi o  
0
96  
Clav  
1
97  
Atack Clav 1  
2
98  
Atack Clav 2  
2
99  
Comp Clav  
2
1
96  
Pulse Clav  
1
97  
AnalogClav 1  
1
98  
AnalogClav 2  
2
99  
Wah Ana.Clav  
2
Ch ro m a tic p e rcu ssio n  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
9
0
0
0
96  
96  
96  
Celesta  
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
Celesta 2  
2
2
2
98  
98  
98  
St.Celesta  
3
3
3
99  
99  
99  
SpaceCelesta  
Trem.Glocken  
Panning Box  
3
3
3
10  
11  
12  
Glockenspiel  
Music Box  
Glocken 2  
Music Box 2  
St.Glocken  
St.Music Box  
0
96  
Vibraphone  
1
97  
Vibraphone 2  
2
98  
St.Vibra  
2
99  
Trem.Vibra  
2
1
96  
Vibraphone w  
1
97  
Vibraphone2w  
2
98  
St.Vibra w  
2
99  
Trem.Vibra w  
2
13  
0
96  
Marimba  
1
97  
Marimba 2  
2
98  
St.Marimba  
3
99  
Enh.Marimba  
3
1
96  
Marimba w  
1
97  
Marimba 2 w  
2
98  
St.Marimba w  
3
99  
Enh.Marimbaw  
3
14  
15  
0
96  
Xylophone  
1
97  
Xylophone 2  
2
98  
St.Xylophone  
4
99  
Enh.Xylophon  
4
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Tubular-bell  
Church Bell  
Carillon  
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
Tubular-bel2  
Church Bell2  
Carillon 2  
2
2
2
98  
98  
98  
St.Tubular  
St.Church  
St.Carillon  
3
4
4
99  
99  
99  
Trem.Tubula  
Echo Church  
Trm.Carillon  
3
4
4
16  
0
96  
Santur  
1
97  
Santur 2  
2
98  
St.Santur  
3
99  
Enh.Santur  
3
O rg a n  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
17  
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
Organ 1  
2
2
1
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
Perky  
Ballad B  
Happy 60s  
Tone Wheel  
2
3
1
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
Roller  
Rocker  
Soft60’Organ  
Full Stops  
3
4
1
2
99  
99  
99  
99  
Perky Spin  
Gospel Spin  
96 Year  
2
3
1
2
Detuned Or1  
Organ 60  
Organ 4  
Tone Wh.Solo  
18  
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Organ 2  
Detuned Or2  
Organ 5  
2
2
3
97  
97  
97  
Jazz Organ 1  
Perc.Organ 1  
Dist.JzOrg 1  
3
3
2
98  
98  
98  
Jazz Organ 2  
Perc.Organ 2  
Dist.JzOrg 2  
2
3
2
99  
99  
99  
Jazzy Spin  
Jazzy Spin 2  
Jazzy Spin 3  
2
3
2
19  
20  
0
96  
Organ 3  
1
97  
Organ 3 fast  
1
98  
Rock Organ  
3
99  
Rocker Spin  
3
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Church 1  
Church 2  
Church 3  
1
2
1
97  
97  
97  
Pipe Organ 1  
LargeChurch1  
SmallChurch1  
2
4
2
98  
98  
98  
Pipe Organ 2  
LargeChurch2  
SmallChurch2  
3
3
4
99  
99  
99  
Amb.Church  
Amb.Church 2  
Amb.Church 3  
4
4
4
21  
22  
0
1
96  
96  
Reed Organ  
Puff Organ  
1
2
97  
97  
Reed Organ 2  
Organ Flute  
2
1
98  
98  
Reed Organ 3  
Theater  
3
4
99  
99  
Old Reed Org  
Enh.Theater  
3
4
0
96  
Accordion F  
1
97  
French Acc  
2
98  
St.FrenchAcc  
3
99  
Enh.French  
3
1
96  
Accordion I  
1
97  
It Muset  
2
98  
St.It Muset  
3
99  
Enh.ItMuset  
3
23  
24  
0
0
96  
96  
Harmonica  
Bandneon  
1
2
97  
97  
Harmonica 2  
Bandneon 1  
1
2
98  
98  
St.Harmonica  
St.Bandneon  
3
4
99  
99  
Ld.Harmonica  
3
Enh.Bandneon 4  
9 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendices  
Gu ita r  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
25  
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
Nylon Gt  
Ukulele  
Nylon o  
1
1
2
1
97  
97  
97  
97  
Nylon Gt 2  
Ukulele 2  
Nylon 2 o  
1
1
2
1
98  
98  
98  
98  
Nylon Gt 3  
Ukulele 3  
Nylon 3 o  
1
1
2
2
99  
99  
99  
99  
Enh.Nylon Gt  
Enh.Ukulele  
Enh.Nylon o  
Enh.Gut Gt  
1
1
2
2
Nylon Gt.2  
Hard Gut Gt  
Hard Gut Gt2  
26  
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
Steel-str.Gt  
12-Str.Gt  
Mandolin  
1
2
2
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
OV Steel Gt  
12-Str.Gt 2  
Mandolin 2  
Steel+Body 2  
1
2
2
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
SteelStr.Gt2  
12-Str.Gt 3  
Mandolin 3  
Steel+Body 3  
1
3
2
2
99  
99  
99  
99  
Comp OVSteel  
3D 12-Str.Gt  
Enh.Mandolin  
DelayedSteel  
1
2
2
2
Steel+Body  
27  
28  
0
1
96  
96  
Jazz Gt  
Pedal Steel  
1
1
97  
97  
Jazz Gt 2  
Pedal Steel2  
1
2
98  
98  
Jazz Gt 3  
Pedal Steel3  
1
2
99  
99  
Lead Jazz Gt  
Hawaian Gt  
1
1
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Clean Rear  
Clean Half  
Mid Tone Gt  
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
TC Rear  
TC Front  
TC Front 2  
1
1
1
98  
98  
98  
Strat2 Rear  
Chorus Clean  
335  
1
2
1
99  
99  
99  
Old Clean Gt  
Jazz Chorus  
335 Drive  
1
1
1
29  
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
Muted Gt  
Funk Gt  
Funk Gt 2  
Jazz Man  
1
1
1
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
TC Mute Gt  
FunkGt Slap  
Funk Pop  
1
2
1
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
TC Mute Gt 2  
FunkGt.Slap2  
Funk Pop 2  
2
2
2
1
99  
99  
99  
99  
Comp Mute Gt  
Enh.Funk Gt  
Wah Funk Pop  
Solo Jazz Gt  
2
2
2
1
Mute Jazz Gt  
Slap Jazz Gt  
30  
31  
0
1
96  
96  
Overdrive Gt  
Gt.Pinch  
1
1
97  
97  
Atk Drive Gt  
Gt.Pinch 2  
2
1
98  
98  
OverdriveGt2  
Gt.Pinch 3  
2
2
99  
99  
TC Lead Gt  
Gt.PinchLead  
1
1
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
DistortionGt  
Feedback Gt  
DistRythm Gt  
1
2
1
97  
97  
97  
Atk Dist Gt  
FeedbackGt 2  
Muted Dist  
2
3
2
98  
98  
98  
Dist.Gt 2  
Feedback OD  
Muted Dist 2  
2
3
2
99  
99  
99  
Heavy DistGt  
Feedbacker  
Muted OD  
1
3
1
32  
0
96  
Gt.Harmonics  
1
97  
Gt.Harm 2  
2
98  
Gt.OctHarm  
2
99  
Amp.Harm  
2
1
96  
Gt.Feedback  
1
97  
FeedbackOct  
2
98  
FeedbackHarm  
2
99  
Amp.FeedBack  
2
Ba ss  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
2
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
33  
34  
0
96  
Acoustic Bs  
1
97  
Rockabilly  
2
98  
Fat Aco.Bass  
99  
Enh.Aco Bass  
1
0
96  
Fingered Bs  
1
97  
Fingered Bs2  
1
98  
Jazz Bass  
1
99  
Pre Bass  
1
1
96  
FingerJ.Bass  
2
97  
FingerP.Bass  
2
98  
Finger Slap  
2
99  
Comp Finger  
2
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
0
0
0
0
96  
96  
96  
96  
Picked Bass  
Fretless Bs  
Slap Bass 1  
Slap Bass 2  
1
1
1
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
Picked Jz Bs  
Fretless Bs2  
Slap Pop 1  
1
2
1
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
Picking Bass  
PhaseFrtless  
Jazz Slap  
2
3
2
2
99  
99  
99  
99  
Rock Bass  
2
1
2
2
Cho.Fretless  
Phase Slap  
Enh.Slap Pop  
Funky Slap  
Slap Pop 2  
0
1
2
3
4
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
Synth Bass 1  
SynthBass101  
Acid Bass  
Clavi Bass  
Hammer  
2
1
1
2
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
MG303 Bass  
MG Bass  
MG Acid Bass  
Clavi Bass 2  
OB Hammer  
2
1
1
2
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
Fat Syn.Bass  
SynthSaw Bs  
AcidBs Dirty  
Clavi Bass 3  
MG Hammer  
2
1
1
2
2
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
Dist303 Bass  
P.Shift Bass  
Acid Dist Bs  
PhaseClaviBs  
Enh.Hammer  
2
1
1
2
2
40  
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
Synth Bass 2  
Beef FM Bs  
Rubber Bass  
Attack Pulse  
2
2
2
1
97  
97  
97  
97  
Seq101 Bass  
Beef Slap Bs  
Rubber Bass2  
Attack Saw  
2
2
3
1
98  
98  
98  
98  
Sq SynthBass  
Beef Saw Bs  
JpSaw Rubber  
Attack MG Bs  
2
3
2
2
99  
99  
99  
99  
PhaseSq Bass  
Enh.Beef Bs  
Fat JpSaw Bs  
Enh.MG Bass  
2
3
2
2
Strin g s / o rch e stra  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
41  
0
96  
Violin  
1
97  
Violin vib  
1
98  
Violin 2 vib  
1
99  
Enh.Violin  
1
1
96  
Slow Violin  
1
97  
Slow Vln vib  
1
98  
SlowVln2 vib  
1
99  
Enh.Slow Vln  
1
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
0
0
0
0
0
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
Viola  
1
1
1
2
1
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
Viola vib  
Cello vib  
Cb vib  
1
1
1
3
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
Viola2 vib  
Cello2 vib  
Cb2 vib  
1
1
1
2
3
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
Enh.Viola  
Enh.Cello  
Enh.Cb  
1
1
1
4
1
Cello  
Contrabass  
Tremolo Str  
Pizzicato  
Tremolo Str2  
Pizzicato 2  
St.Trem Str  
St.Pizzicato  
St.Trem Str2  
Chorus Pizz  
0
96  
Harp  
1
97  
Harp 2  
2
98  
St.Harp  
3
99  
Chorus Harp  
1
1
96  
Yangqin  
1
97  
Yangqin 2  
2
98  
St.Yangqin  
3
99  
Enh.Yangqin  
1
48  
0
96  
Timpani  
1
97  
Timpani 2  
2
98  
St.Timpani  
3
99  
Enh.Timpani  
3
9 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
En se m b le  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
49  
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Strings  
Orchestra  
60’Strings  
2
2
2
97  
97  
97  
Strings 2  
Orchestra 2  
Oct.Strings  
3
3
2
98  
98  
98  
St.Strings  
St.Orchestra  
St.OctStr 1  
2
5
6
99  
99  
99  
St.Strings 2  
St.Orchestr2  
St.OctStr 2  
4
7
6
50  
51  
0
96  
Slow Strings  
1
97  
SlowStrings2  
2
98  
St.Slow Str  
2
99  
St.Slow Str2  
4
0
96  
Syn.Strings1  
2
97  
BriteSyn.Str  
2
98  
StackSyn.Str  
3
99  
JP Strings  
2
1
96  
Syn.Strings3  
3
97  
Oct.SynStr 1  
4
98  
Oct.SynStr 2  
7
99  
PhaseSyn.Str  
4
52  
53  
0
96  
Syn.Strings2  
2
97  
Warm SynStr1  
4
98  
Warm SynStr2  
6
99  
OB Strings  
4
0
96  
Choir Aahs  
1
97  
Large Choir  
2
98  
St.ChoirAahs  
4
99  
Rich Choir  
8
1
96  
Choir Aahs 2  
2
97  
Small Choir  
2
98  
St.Sm Choir  
2
99  
St.Sm Choir2  
5
54  
55  
56  
0
1
96  
96  
Voices Oohs  
Hamming  
1
2
97  
97  
Voices Oohs 2  
Hamming 2  
2
2
98  
98  
St.Vox Oohs  
St.Hamming  
3
4
99  
99  
Enh.Vox Oohs  
Enh.Hamming  
1
2
0
1
96  
96  
SynVox  
Ana Voices  
1
1
97  
97  
SynVox 2  
Ana Voices 2  
1
1
98  
98  
St.SynVox  
Ana Voices 3  
2
2
99  
99  
Phase SynVox  
Lead Ana.Vox  
1
2
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
Orchestrahit  
Bass Hit  
6th Hit  
2
3
2
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
Orc Hit 2  
Bass Hit 2  
6th Hit 2  
2
2
2
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
St.Orc Hit  
St.Bass Hit  
St.6th Hit  
3
3
4
4
99  
99  
99  
99  
Enh.Orc Hit  
PhaseBassHit  
Dly.6th Hit  
3
3
4
4
Euro Hit  
Euro Hit 2  
St.Euro Hit  
Dly.Euro Hit  
Bra ss  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
57  
0
96  
Trumpet  
1
97  
Solo Trumpet  
1
98  
Romantic Tp  
1
99  
Enh.Trumpet  
1
1
96  
Dark Trumpet  
1
97  
Mild Trumpet  
2
98  
Tp.Dark vib  
1
99  
Warm Trumpet  
2
58  
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Trombone  
Trombone 2  
Brite Bone  
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
Solo Bone  
Solo Bone 2  
Brite Bone 2  
1
1
2
98  
98  
98  
Trombone vib  
Trombone2vib  
Br.Bone vib  
1
1
2
99  
99  
99  
Enh.Trombone 1  
Enh.Bone 2  
Enh.Br Bone  
1
2
59  
60  
0
96  
Tuba  
1
97  
Tuba 2  
2
98  
Tuba vib  
2
99  
Chorus Tuba  
2
0
96  
MuteTrumpet  
1
97  
MuteTrumpet2  
1
98  
Solo MutedTp  
2
99  
Enh.Muted Tp  
2
1
96  
MuteTrumpet2  
1
97  
Harmon Mute  
2
98  
Harmon Mute2  
2
99  
Enh.MutedTp2  
2
61  
62  
63  
0
1
96  
96  
French Horns  
Fr.Horn  
1
2
97  
97  
FrenchHorns2  
MildFr.Horns  
2
2
98  
98  
St.Fr Horns  
St.Fr Horns2  
3
3
99  
99  
Enh.StFrHorn  
Warm Horns  
3
3
0
1
96  
96  
Brass 1  
Brass 2  
2
2
97  
97  
Brass FF  
BrassSection  
2
3
98  
98  
St.Brass  
St.Brass 2  
2
5
99  
99  
St.Big Brass  
Enh.Brs Sect  
4
4
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
SynthBrass 1  
SynthBrass 3  
Oct.SynBrass  
Jump Brass  
2
2
2
1
97  
97  
97  
97  
JP Syn.Brass  
JPSyn.Brass2  
OctSynBrass2  
80’s Brass  
3
2
3
1
98  
98  
98  
98  
Hyper Brass  
Stack Brass  
OctSynBrass3  
SuperSaw Brs  
4
4
3
3
99  
99  
99  
99  
SuperJP Brs1  
Lead Brass  
Phase OctBrs  
SuperJP Brs2  
3
2
3
3
64  
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
SynthBrass 2  
SynthBrass 4  
Velo Brass  
2
2
2
97  
97  
97  
MG Syn.Horn  
OB Syn.Horn  
CS Syn.Brass  
2
2
2
98  
98  
98  
Warm SynHorn 3  
99  
99  
99  
WarmSynHorn23  
Rich SynHorn  
P5 Syn.Brass  
5
3
Phase Horn  
Fat Pro Bras  
5
3
Re e d  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
Soprano Sax  
Alto Sax  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
Soprano Sax2  
Breathy Alto  
BreathyTenor  
Barely Bari  
Brite Oboe  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
Sop.Sax vib  
AltoSoft vib  
Blow Tenor  
Bari.Sax vib  
Classic Oboe  
E.Horn vib  
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
Enh.Sop Sax  
Enh.Alto Sax  
Enh.TenorSax  
Enh.Bari Sax  
Enh.Oboe  
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
Tenor Sax  
Bariton Sax  
Oboe  
EnglishHorn  
Bassoon  
Clarinet  
EnglishHorn2  
Bassoon 2  
Enh.E Horn  
Enh.Bassoon  
Jz.Clarinet2  
Bassoon vib  
JazzClarinet  
Br.Clarinet  
Pip e  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
Piccolo  
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
Piccolo 2  
1
1
2
2
2
3
1
1
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
Piccolo vib  
Flute vib  
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
Enh.Piccolo  
Enh.Flute  
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
Flute  
Flute 2  
Recorder  
Pan Flute  
Bottle Blow  
Shakuhachi  
Whistle  
Recorder 2  
Pan Flute 2  
Bottle Blow2  
Shakuhachi 2  
Whistle 2  
Recorder vib  
PanFlute vib  
Bottle vib  
Enh.Recorder  
Cho.PanFlute  
Phase Bottle  
Delay Shaku  
DelayWhistle  
DelayOcarina  
Shaku.vib  
Whistle vib  
Ocarina vib  
Ocarina  
Ocarina 2  
9 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
Sy n th le a d  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
81  
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Square Wave  
Square  
Sine Wave  
2
1
1
97  
97  
97  
MG Square  
Fat Square  
2600 Sine  
2
3
1
98  
98  
98  
OB Square  
Fat Square2  
2600 Sine 2  
3
3
2
99  
99  
99  
OBSquareLead 3  
Phase Square  
Sine Lead  
3
2
82  
0
1
2
3
4
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
Saw Wave  
Saw  
Doctor Solo  
Natural Lead  
1
1
1
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
JP Saw Wave  
MG Saw  
Fat Saw Solo  
P5 Saw Lead  
MG Sequence  
2
2
2
2
2
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
Oct.JP Saw  
Hybrid Saw  
Hybrid Solo  
MG Saw Lead  
DelaySeqence  
3
3
3
3
2
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
KeySync Saw  
Flanging Saw  
Doctor Lead  
Fat Saw Lead  
PhaseSeqence  
2
3
3
3
2
SequencedSaw 2  
83  
84  
85  
0
0
96  
96  
Syn.Calliope  
Chiffer Lead  
2
2
97  
97  
SynCalliope2  
ChifferLead2  
3
4
98  
98  
SynCalliope3  
ChifferLead3  
4
6
99  
99  
LeadCalliope  
Chiffers  
4
6
0
96  
Charang  
3
97  
Charang 2  
3
98  
Charang 3  
4
99  
Charang Lead  
3
1
96  
Wire Lead  
2
97  
Wire Lead 2  
3
98  
Wire Lead 3  
4
99  
Phase Wire  
4
86  
87  
88  
0
0
96  
96  
Solo Vox  
4
3
97  
97  
Solo Vox 2  
6
3
98  
98  
Solo Vox 3  
5
6
99  
99  
SoloVox Lead  
Flanging 5th  
5
6
5th SawWave  
5th SawWave2  
5th SawWave3  
0
96  
Bass & Lead  
2
97  
Bass & Lead2  
2
98  
Bass & Lead3  
4
99  
Phase BsLead  
4
1
96  
DelayedLead  
2
97  
DelayedLead2  
2
98  
DelayedLead3  
3
99  
Suffle Lead  
2
Sy n th p a d , e tc.  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
4
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
89  
90  
0
96  
Fantasia  
2
97  
Fantasia 2  
3
98  
Fantasia 3  
99  
New Fantasia  
3
0
96  
Warm Pad  
2
97  
Warm Pad 2  
2
98  
Warm Pad 3  
4
99  
Phase Pad  
4
1
96  
Sine Pad  
2
97  
Sine Pad 2  
2
98  
Sine Pad 3  
3
99  
Chorus Sine  
2
91  
92  
0
96  
Polysynth  
2
97  
Polysynth 2  
2
98  
Polysynth 3  
3
99  
KeySyncSynth 3  
0
96  
SpaceVoices  
1
97  
SpaceVoices 2 3  
98  
SpaceVoices 3 5  
99  
Phase Voices  
4
1
96  
Itopia  
2
97  
Itopia 2  
3
3
4
4
2
98  
Itopia 3  
5
3
4
6
4
99  
Pan Itopia  
5
93  
94  
95  
96  
0
0
0
0
96  
96  
96  
96  
BowedGlass  
Metal Pad  
Halo Pad  
2
3
3
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
BowedGlass 2  
Metal Pad 2  
Halo Pad 2  
Sweep Pad 2  
98  
98  
98  
98  
BowedGlass 3  
Metal Pad 3  
Halo Pad 3  
Sweep Pad 3  
99  
99  
99  
99  
Ring Glass  
Space Pad  
Phase Halo  
Flanging Pad  
3
4
6
4
Sweep Pad  
Sy n th SFX  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
97  
98  
99  
0
0
96  
96  
Ice Rain  
2
2
97  
97  
Ice Rain 2  
3
2
98  
98  
Ice Rain 3  
4
5
99  
99  
Reverse Rain  
Phase Track  
4
5
Soundtrack  
Soundtrack 2  
Soundtrack 3  
0
96  
Crystal  
2
97  
Crystal 2  
3
98  
Crystal 3  
4
99  
3D Crystal  
4
1
96  
Syn Mallet  
2
97  
Syn Mallet 2  
3
98  
Syn Mallet 3  
3
99  
Phase Mallet  
3
100  
101  
102  
103  
0
0
0
96  
96  
96  
Atmosphere  
Brightness  
Goblin  
2
2
2
97  
97  
97  
Atmosphere 2  
Brightness 2  
Goblin 2  
3
4
3
98  
98  
98  
Atmosphere 3  
Brightness 3  
Goblin 3  
5
6
4
99  
99  
99  
Pan Atmos  
Bright Star  
Rev Goblin  
5
6
4
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Echo Drops  
Echo Bell  
Echo Pan  
1
2
3
97  
97  
97  
Echo Drops 2  
Echo Bell 2  
Echo Pan 2  
2
3
3
98  
98  
98  
Echo Drops 3  
Echo Bell 3  
Echo Pan 3  
6
5
6
99  
99  
99  
Delay Drops  
Delay Bell  
Delay Pan  
2
3
6
104  
0
96  
Star Theme  
2
97  
Star Theme 2  
3
98  
Star Theme 3  
5
99  
Phase Theme  
3
Eth n ic, e tc.  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
105  
0
96  
Sitar  
1
97  
Atk Sitar  
2
98  
St.Sitar  
3
99  
Enh.Sitar  
3
1
96  
Sitar 2  
2
97  
Atk Sitar 2  
3
98  
St.Sitar 2  
4
99  
FantasySitar  
3
106  
107  
108  
0
0
96  
96  
Banjo  
1
1
97  
97  
Banjo 2  
2
2
98  
98  
St.Banjo  
3
3
99  
99  
St.Banjo 2  
4
4
Shamisen  
Shamisen 2  
St.Shamisen  
St.Shamisen2  
0
96  
Koto  
1
97  
Koto 2  
2
98  
St.Koto  
3
99  
St.Koto 2  
4
1
96  
Taisho Koto  
1
97  
Taisho Koto2  
2
98  
St.T Koto  
3
99  
St.T Koto 2  
4
109  
110  
111  
112  
0
0
0
0
96  
96  
96  
96  
Kalimba  
Bag Pipe  
Fiddle  
1
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
97  
Kalimba 2  
Bag Pipe 2  
Fiddle vib  
Shanai 2  
1
1
1
1
98  
98  
98  
98  
St.Kalimba  
St.Bag Pipe  
Fiddle 2 vib  
St.Shanai  
3
3
1
3
99  
99  
99  
99  
Trem.Kalimba  
Enh.Bag Pipe  
Enh.Fiddle  
1
3
1
3
Shanai  
Enh.Shanai  
9 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
Pe rcu ssive  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
113  
114  
115  
116  
0
0
0
96  
96  
96  
Tinkle Bell  
Agogo  
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
98  
98  
98  
99  
99  
99  
Steel Drums  
0
1
96  
96  
Woodblock  
Castanet  
1
1
97  
97  
98  
98  
99  
99  
117  
118  
119  
0
1
96  
96  
Taiko  
Concert BD  
3
1
97  
97  
98  
98  
99  
99  
0
1
96  
96  
Melo.Tom 1  
Melo.Tom 2  
2
1
97  
97  
98  
98  
99  
99  
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
Synth Drum  
808 tom  
Elec Perc  
1
2
2
97  
97  
97  
98  
98  
98  
99  
99  
99  
120  
0
96  
Reverse Cym  
1
97  
98  
99  
SFX  
PC LSB MSB Classic Set Voices  
MSB Contemp Set Voices  
MSB Solo Set  
Voices  
MSB Enhance Set Voices  
121  
0
1
2
96  
96  
96  
GtFret Noise  
Gt.Cut Noise  
Slap_St.Bass  
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
98  
98  
98  
99  
99  
99  
122  
123  
0
1
96  
96  
Breath Noise  
Fl.Key Click  
1
1
97  
97  
98  
98  
99  
99  
0
1
2
3
4
5
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
Seashore  
Rain  
Thunder  
Wind  
Stream  
Bubble  
2
2
2
2
2
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
124  
125  
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
Bird Tweet  
Dog  
Horse Gallop  
Bird Tweet 2  
2
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
97  
98  
98  
98  
98  
99  
99  
99  
99  
0
1
2
3
4
5
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
Telephone  
Telephone 2  
Door Creak  
Door  
Scratch  
Wind Chimes  
1
1
1
1
1
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
126  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
Helicopter  
Car-Engine  
Car-Stop  
Car-Pass  
Car-Crash  
Siren  
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
4
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
Train  
Jetplane  
Starship  
Burst Noise  
127  
128  
0
1
2
3
4
5
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
Applause  
Laughing  
Screaming  
Punch  
Heart Beat  
Footsteps  
2
1
1
1
1
1
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
97  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
98  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
99  
0
1
2
3
96  
96  
96  
96  
Gunshot  
Machine Gun  
Lasergun  
1
1
1
2
97  
97  
97  
97  
98  
98  
98  
98  
99  
99  
99  
99  
Explosion  
9 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
In stru m e n t list (Sp e cia l so u n d )  
*
The asterisk (*) indicates that the same sound is used for the Enhanced sound set in GM2/Native mode.  
PC LSB MSB Special 1 Set Voice  
LSB MSB  
Special 2 Set Voice  
PC LSB MSB Special 1 Set Voice  
LSB MSB  
Special 2 Set Voice  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
D.L.A.Pad  
BrushingSaw  
Xtremities  
Atmostrings  
Noo Tongs  
Mistery  
8
8
4
2
2
1
3
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Blown Bass  
Enh.Violin  
Solo Violin  
Enh.Cello  
Overture Str  
St.Trem Str2  
St.Strings 2  
Intim8String  
2
1 *  
1
1 *  
4
4 *  
4 *  
4
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Elec Gut Gt  
Chorus GutGt  
Enh.Nylon Gt  
CompSteel Gt  
Elec Aco.Gt  
Hard Steel  
1
1
1 *  
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
JP-6 Lead  
Glassy Saws  
Too Pure  
Mono Analog  
Charang Lead 3 *  
Phase Wire  
Flanging 5th  
BOG  
1
3
2
8
1
4 *  
6 *  
3
EastrnEurope  
Harpsi&Str  
Comp OVSteel 1 *  
DelayedSteel  
2 *  
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Shout Gt  
3
1
1
3
8
1
1
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Str&Brs Orch  
St.Orchestr2  
St.Slow Str2  
ChamberPlyrs  
Prelude  
Tape Strings  
JP Strings  
PhaseSyn.Str 4 *  
5
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Wah Steel Gt  
Soft Steel  
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Solo Twang  
Koto Power  
Dulcid Solo  
Wine Guitar  
Leapin' Keys  
New Fantasia 3 *  
MilleniumStr  
OB Borealis  
2
2
2
2
4
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
Clean Chorus  
Mid Boost Gt  
Guitarvibe  
Cluster Sect  
Mariachi Tp  
NY Tenor  
7 *  
4 *  
4
4
2
Lead Jazz Gt  
Hawaian Gt  
Solo Jazz Gt  
Old Clean Gt  
Jazz Chorus  
Fat Clean  
1 *  
1 *  
1 *  
1 *  
1 *  
1
2 *  
2
4
Jazz Club  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Moody Alto  
Fuji Yama  
SD Piano  
1
4
2 *  
6
5
2 *  
3 *  
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
SciFi Choir  
Rich Choir  
3
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Space-D Gt  
1
1
1
1
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Wet Glass  
VintagePhase  
P-layer  
Ring Glass  
5th Atm /Aft  
Combing  
3
4
4
3 *  
2
8 *  
5 *  
2
2
4
Whammy Gt  
Trem&Cho Gt  
Long DLY.Gt  
Comp FeedBK  
ChaseDL Mute  
St.Sm Choir2  
Tron Choir  
ScatterDanze  
Choral Brass  
Vocal Keys  
SampleThe80s  
Piano&Str  
WarmVoxPiano  
Enh.E Grand  
Brite Honky  
Ambient EP  
2
4
3
2
Wah Funk Pop 2 *  
Old Blues  
Modular Life  
KeySync Saw 3 *  
1
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Phase Dyno  
Wah Dyno  
Voweling EP  
Stage 73  
NY Rhodes  
Amped Wurlie  
Dirty Wurlie  
PhaseFlangEP  
1 *  
2
3
3 *  
2 *  
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Spectravox  
Formantic  
Vocoder Wave  
2
2
1
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
335 Drive  
1 *  
1
1
1
1
1 *  
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Phase Track  
3D Crystal  
Bright Star  
Technoheadz  
Techno Cave  
Wedo-Wodo  
Dance Sweet  
Dancefloor  
5 *  
4 *  
6 *  
4
2
4
335 Drive2  
SmallAMP OD  
CountrySlide  
335 Comp  
TC Lead Gt  
Lead Mild Gt  
Crunch Gt  
Enh.Muted Tp 2 *  
St.Big Brass  
ConcertHorns  
Brass Orch  
Loose Lips  
4 *  
3
4
4
1
4
3
3
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Dist Wurly  
Xmod EP  
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Multi Brass  
SuperJP Brs1 3 *  
SuperJP Brs2 3 *  
DragginBrass  
Enh.Alto Sax  
Enh.TenorSax 1 *  
4
97  
98  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Auto Wah Gt  
Folmant Gt  
Fuzz Gt  
MonoPhase Gt  
2 Layer Gt  
MonoDLY Dist  
Step FLG Gt  
335 Fuzz  
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Frogcillator  
Dance Zipper  
Lo-fi Chord  
Sliced  
Dance Chop  
GO WILD!  
Tropics  
2
4
4
4
3
1
3
2
EP+Followers  
Backrhodes  
FM Delight  
Enh.Legend  
Phasing EP  
Comp Clav  
2
1 *  
2
3 *  
2 *  
2 *  
Enh.Bari Sax  
Sax's Sect  
1 *  
4
FM Fx Bells  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Vibarimba  
FM layer  
2
3
2
4
3
3
3 *  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Reed Romance  
U.S.Patrol  
Enh.Oboe  
Jz.Clarinet2  
Enh.Flute  
Tron Flutes  
Flute&Clari  
Orch Reeds  
3
4
1 *  
1 *  
1 *  
2
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Drive Funk  
Loud & Metal  
Heavy DistGt  
Power Mute  
Muted OD  
Combo Drive  
Ring Gt.  
Scream Drive  
2
1
1 *  
1
1 *  
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
CrystalGlass  
Borealis  
Circular Pad  
Oxigenizer  
Quasar  
PsycheSweep  
Hell Section  
DigitalDrone  
1
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
Vibey Flute  
Chime Bells  
The Big Spin  
Roller Spin  
Rocker Spin  
2
2
1
2
Tone Wh.Solo 2 *  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Purple Spin  
RingingOrgan  
60's LeadOrg  
DistLead Org  
Assalt Organ  
Perky Spin  
4
2
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Delay Shaku  
DelayOcarina  
DynOrchestra  
Celtic Ens  
Early Ens  
WoodSymphony 7  
1 *  
1 *  
5
5
4
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Gt.Pinch Wah  
Power DistGt  
Triple Gt  
Reverse Harm  
Drivin'Uprit  
Enh.Aco Bass 1 *  
Pre Bass  
Comp Finger  
1
1
1
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Harp Drop  
4
2
3
4 *  
4
4
1
2
Runaway Rez  
Wacky Pizzer  
Reverse Rain  
Starburst  
Tongan Delay  
Cascade  
2
2 *  
3 *  
4
Gospel Spin  
Boogie Organ  
ViennaWoods2  
Stage Woods  
3
3
1 *  
2 *  
LegatStacat  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Klubb Organ  
96 Year  
OrganInStone  
StringsOrgan  
Cathdr Pipes  
Enh.Theater  
3
1 *  
1
2
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
TremoloFlute  
SupportWoods  
Fiddle&Oboe  
Mono Blues  
TravlnFlutes  
DistordedSAW  
The Leader  
3
3
2
3
3
1
3
1
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
80  
Octrv Finger  
Rock Bass  
Dist Bass  
Solo Fretles  
WahSlapBass  
Froggy Bass  
3D TB-303  
Acid Dist Bs  
2
2 *  
2
1
1
1
2
1 *  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
81  
Rev Goblin  
FantasySitar  
Rising Sun  
Green Tea  
Jimmy's Koto  
Fly 2 India  
4 *  
3 *  
4
4
1
3
4
1
4 *  
Ld.Harmonica 3 *  
Guitar&Str  
IndianSpirit  
Gt/BsNz MENU  
3
SH-2 Lead  
1 0 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
In stru m e n t list (GS m o d e )  
Pia n o  
Gu ita r  
En se m b le  
PC  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
PC  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
PC  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
001  
000  
008  
016  
Piano 1  
Piano 1w  
Piano 1d  
1
1
1
025  
000  
008  
016  
032  
Nylon Gt.  
Ukulele  
Nylon Gt.o  
Nylon Gt.2  
1
1
2
1
049  
000  
008  
Strings  
Orchestra  
1
2
050  
051  
000  
SlowStrings  
1
002  
003  
004  
005  
000  
008  
Piano 2  
Piano 2w  
1
1
000  
008  
SynStrings1  
SynStrings3  
1
2
026  
000  
008  
016  
Steel Gt.  
12-str.Gt  
Mandolin  
1
2
1
000  
008  
Piano 3  
Piano 3w  
1
1
052  
053  
000  
SynStrings2  
2
000  
032  
Choir Aahs  
Choir Aahs2  
1
1
027  
028  
029  
000  
008  
Jazz Gt.  
Hawaiian Gt  
1
1
000  
008  
Honky-tonk  
HonkyTonk w  
2
2
054  
055  
056  
000  
000  
000  
Voice Oohs  
SynVox  
1
1
2
000  
008  
Clean Gt.  
Chorus Gt.  
1
2
000  
008  
016  
024  
E.Piano 1  
1
2
2
1
Detuned EP1  
E.Piano 1v  
60s E.Piano  
000  
008  
016  
Muted Gt.  
Funk Gt.  
Funk Gt.2  
1
1
1
Orchest.Hit  
006  
007  
000  
008  
016  
E.Piano 2  
Detuned EP2  
E.Piano 2v  
1
2
2
Bra ss  
PC  
030  
031  
000  
OverdriveGt  
1
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
1
000  
008  
Dist.Gt.  
Feedback Gt  
1
2
057  
000  
Trumpet  
000  
008  
016  
024  
000  
Harpsichord  
Coupled Hps  
Harpsi.w  
Harpsi.o  
Clav.  
1
2
1
2
1
058  
000  
001  
Trombone  
Trombone 2  
1
2
032  
000  
008  
Gt.Harmonix  
Gt.Feedback  
1
1
059  
060  
061  
000  
000  
Tuba  
1
1
008  
MuteTrumpet  
Ba ss  
PC  
000  
001  
French Horn  
Fr.Horn 2  
2
2
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
1
Ch ro m a tic p e rcu ssio n  
PC  
033  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Acoustic Bs  
Fingered Bs  
Picked Bass  
Fretless Bs  
Slap Bass 1  
Slap Bass 2  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
1
062  
063  
000  
008  
Brass 1  
Brass 2  
1
2
034  
035  
036  
037  
038  
039  
1
1
1
1
1
009  
000  
000  
000  
Celesta  
010  
011  
012  
Glockenspl  
Music Box  
1
1
000  
008  
016  
Syn.Brass 1  
Syn.Brass 3  
Analog Brs1  
2
2
2
000  
008  
Vibraphone  
Vib.w  
1
1
064  
000  
008  
016  
Syn.Brass 2  
Syn.Brass 4  
Analog Brs2  
2
1
2
013  
000  
008  
Marimba  
Marimba w  
1
1
000  
001  
008  
Syn.Bass 1  
Syn.Bass101  
Syn.Bass 3  
1
1
1
014  
015  
000  
Xylophone  
1
040  
000  
008  
016  
Syn.Bass 2  
Syn.Bass 4  
Rubber Bass  
2
2
2
Re e d  
PC  
000  
008  
009  
Tubularbell  
Church Bell  
Carillon  
1
1
1
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
1
065  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Soprano Sax  
Alto Sax  
016  
000  
Santur  
1
066  
067  
068  
069  
070  
071  
072  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Strin g s / o rch e stra  
PC  
Tenor Sax  
BaritoneSax  
Oboe  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
O rg a n  
PC  
041  
000  
008  
Violin  
Slow Violin  
1
1
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
017  
000  
008  
016  
032  
Organ 1  
1
2
1
2
EnglishHorn  
Bassoon  
042  
043  
044  
045  
046  
047  
048  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Viola  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Detuned Or1  
60's Organ1  
Organ 4  
Cello  
Clarinet  
Contrabass  
Tremolo Str  
Pizzicato  
Harp  
018  
000  
008  
032  
Organ 2  
Detuned Or2  
Organ 5  
1
2
2
Pip e  
PC  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
1
019  
020  
000  
Organ 3  
2
073  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Piccolo  
Timpani  
000  
008  
016  
Church Org1  
Church Org2  
Church Org3  
1
2
2
074  
075  
076  
077  
078  
079  
080  
Flute  
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
Recorder  
Pan Flute  
Bottle Blow  
Shakuhachi  
Whistle  
021  
022  
000  
Reed Organ  
1
000  
008  
Accordion F  
Accordion I  
2
2
023  
024  
000  
000  
Harmonica  
Bandoneon  
1
2
Ocarina  
1 0 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendices  
Sy n th le a d  
Pe rcu ssive  
PC  
CC00 GS Map  
Voices  
PC  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
1
081  
000  
001  
008  
Square Wave  
Square  
Sine Wave  
2
1
1
113  
000  
000  
000  
Tinkle Bell  
114  
115  
116  
Agogo  
1
1
Steel Drums  
082  
000  
001  
008  
Saw Wave  
Saw  
Doctor Solo  
2
1
2
000  
Woodblock  
1
1
008  
Castanets  
117  
118  
119  
000  
008  
Taiko  
Concert BD  
1
1
083  
084  
085  
086  
087  
088  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
SynCalliope  
ChifferLead  
Charang  
2
2
2
2
2
2
000  
008  
Melo. Tom 1  
Melo. Tom 2  
1
1
Solo Vox  
000  
008  
009  
Synth Drum  
808 Tom  
Elec Perc  
1
1
1
5th Saw  
Bass & Lead  
120  
000  
Reverse Cym  
1
Sy n th p a d , e tc.  
SFX  
PC  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
2
PC  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
089  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Fantasia  
121  
000  
001  
002  
Gt.FretNoiz  
Gt.CutNoise  
String Slap  
1
1
1
090  
091  
092  
093  
094  
095  
096  
Warm Pad  
Polysynth  
Space Voice  
Bowed Glass  
Metal Pad  
Halo Pad  
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
122  
123  
000  
BreathNoise  
1
001  
Fl.KeyClick  
1
000  
001  
002  
003  
004  
005  
Seashore  
Rain  
Thunder  
Wind  
Stream  
Bubble  
1
1
1
1
2
2
Sweep Pad  
Sy n th SFX  
124  
125  
000  
001  
002  
003  
Bird  
Dog  
HorseGallop  
Bird 2  
2
1
1
1
PC  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
2
097  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Ice Rain  
098  
099  
100  
101  
102  
103  
Soundtrack  
Crystal  
2
2
2
2
2
000  
001  
002  
003  
004  
005  
Telephone 1  
Telephone 2  
Creaking  
Door  
Scratch  
1
1
1
1
1
2
Atmosphere  
Brightness  
Goblin  
Wind Chimes  
000  
001  
002  
Echo Drops  
Echo Bell  
Echo Pan  
1
2
2
126  
000  
001  
002  
003  
004  
005  
006  
007  
008  
009  
Helicopter  
Car-Engine  
Car-Stop  
Car-Pass  
Car-Crash  
Siren  
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
104  
000  
Star Theme  
2
Eth n ic, e tc.  
Train  
PC  
CC00 GS Set  
Voices  
Jetplane  
Starship  
Burst Noise  
105  
000  
Sitar  
1
2
001  
Sitar 2  
106  
107  
108  
000  
000  
Banjo  
1
1
127  
128  
000  
001  
002  
003  
004  
005  
Applause  
Laughing  
Screaming  
Punch  
Heart Beat  
Footsteps  
2
1
1
1
1
1
Shamisen  
000  
008  
Koto  
Taisho Koto  
1
2
109  
110  
111  
112  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Kalimba  
Bagpipe  
Fiddle  
1
1
1
1
000  
001  
002  
003  
Gun Shot  
Machine Gun  
Lasergun  
1
1
1
2
Shanai  
Explosion  
1 0 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
In stru m e n t list (XGlite m o d e )  
*
The instrument names listed here are the proper names for the XGlite sound module mode. Due to the limited number of letters that can be  
used for the display, the names shown in the display may be slightly different from the instrument names listed here.  
024  
032  
033  
037  
70's Percussive Organ 1  
Detuned Percussive Organ  
Light Organ  
2
2
2
2
036  
000  
032  
033  
034  
Fretless Bass  
Fretless Bass 2  
Fretless Bass 3  
Fretless Bass 4  
1
2
2
2
Pia n o  
PC  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
001  
000  
001  
040  
041  
Grand Piano  
Grand Piano KSP  
Piano Strings  
Dream  
1
1
2
2
Percussive Organ 2  
019  
020  
000  
064  
065  
066  
Rock Organ  
Rotary Organ  
Slow Rotary  
Fast Rotary  
2
2
2
2
037  
038  
039  
000  
032  
Slap Bass 1  
Punch Thumb Bass  
1
2
000  
043  
Slap Bass 2  
Velocity Switch Slap  
1
2
002  
003  
000  
001  
Bright Piano  
Bright Piano KSP  
1
1
000  
032  
035  
040  
064  
065  
Church Organ  
Church Organ 3  
Church Organ 2  
Notre Dame  
Organ Flute  
Tremolo Organ Flute  
2
2
2
2
2
2
000  
040  
085  
Synth Bass 1  
Techno Synth Bass  
SweePWM  
1
2
2
000  
001  
032  
Electric Grand Piano  
Electric Grand Piano KSP  
Detuned CP80  
2
2
2
040  
000  
006  
012  
018  
019  
041  
Synth Bass 2  
2
1
2
2
1
2
004  
005  
000  
001  
Honky-tonk Piano  
Honky-tonk Piano KSP  
2
2
Mellow Synth Bass  
Sequenced Bass  
Click Synth Bass  
Synth Bass 2 Dark  
DX Bass  
021  
000  
040  
Reed Organ  
Puff Organ  
1
2
000  
001  
032  
Electric Piano 1  
Electric Piano 1 KSP  
Chorus Electric Piano 1  
2
1
2
022  
023  
000  
Accordion  
2
006  
000  
001  
041  
085  
Electric Piano 2  
Electric Piano 2 KSP  
2
1
2
2
000  
032  
Hamonica  
Harmonica 2  
1
2
Strin g s / o rch e stra  
PC  
D
X + Analog Electric Piano  
024  
000  
064  
Tango Accordion  
Tango Accordion 2  
2
2
Tinker DX Plus  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
007  
008  
000  
001  
035  
Harpsichord  
Harpsichord KSP  
Harpsichord 3  
1
1
2
041  
000  
008  
Violin  
Slow Violin  
1
1
Gu ita r  
042  
043  
044  
045  
000  
000  
000  
Viola  
1
1
1
PC  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
1
000  
001  
Clavi  
Clavi KSP  
2
1
Cello  
025  
000  
043  
096  
Nylon Guitar  
Velocity Guitar Harmonics  
Cimbalom  
Contrabass  
2
2
000  
008  
040  
Tremolo Strings  
Slow Tremolo Strings  
Suspense Strings  
1
1
2
Ch ro m a tic p e rcu ssio n  
PC  
026  
000  
035  
040  
041  
096  
Steel Guitar  
12-string Guitar  
Nylon & Steel Guitar  
Steel Guitar with Body Sound2  
Mandolin  
1
2
2
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
1
009  
000  
000  
Celesta  
046  
047  
000  
Pizzicato Strings  
1
010  
011  
Glockenspiel  
1
000  
040  
Orchestral Harp  
Yang Chin  
1
2
2
000  
Music Box  
2
027  
028  
029  
000  
032  
Jazz Guitar  
Jazz Amp  
1
2
064  
Orgel  
2
048  
000  
Timpani  
1
012  
013  
000  
001  
Vibraphone  
Vibraphone KSP  
1
1
000  
032  
Clean Guitar  
Chorus Guitar  
1
2
En se m b le  
PC  
000  
001  
064  
097  
098  
Marimba  
1
1
2
2
2
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
000  
040  
041  
045  
Muted Guitar  
Funk Guitar 1  
Muted Steel Guitar  
Jazz Man  
1
2
2
1
Marimba KSP  
Sine Marimba  
Balimba  
049  
000  
003  
008  
035  
040  
041  
042  
045  
Strings 1  
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
Stereo Strings  
Slow Strings  
60's Strings  
Orchestra  
Orchestra 2  
Log Drums  
030  
031  
000  
043  
Overdriven Guitar  
Guitar Pinch  
1
2
014  
015  
000  
Xylophone  
1
000  
096  
097  
Tubular Bells  
Church Bells  
Carillon  
1
2
2
Tremolo Orchestra  
Velocity Strings  
000  
040  
041  
Distortion Guitar  
Feedback Guitar  
Feedback Guitar 2  
1
2
2
050  
000  
003  
008  
040  
041  
Strings 2  
1
2
2
2
2
016  
000  
035  
096  
097  
Dulcimer  
Dulcimer 2  
Cimbalom  
Santur  
1
2
2
2
Stereo Slow Strings  
Legato Strings  
Warm Strings  
Kingdom  
032  
000  
065  
066  
Guitar Harmonics  
Guitar Feedback  
Guitar Harmonics 2  
1
1
1
051  
052  
053  
000  
000  
Synth Strings 1  
Synth Strings 2  
2
2
Ba ss  
O rg a n  
PC  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
PC  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
1
000  
003  
032  
040  
Choir Aahs  
Stereo Choir  
Mellow Choir  
Choir Strings  
1
2
2
2
033  
000  
040  
045  
Acoustic Bass  
Jazz Rhythm  
Velocity Crossfade Upright Bass  
2
1
2
017  
000  
032  
033  
034  
035  
037  
040  
064  
065  
066  
067  
Drawbar Organ  
Detuned Drawbar Organ  
60's Drawbar Organ 1  
60's Drawbar Organ 2  
70's Drawbar Organ 1  
60's Drawbar Organ 3  
16+2"2/3  
Organ Bass  
70's Drawbar Organ 2  
Cheezy Organ  
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
054  
055  
000  
Voice Oohs  
1
034  
035  
000  
018  
040  
043  
045  
065  
Finger Bass  
Finger Dark  
Bass & Distorted Electric Guitar2  
Finger Slap Bass  
Finger Bass 2  
1
2
000  
040  
041  
064  
Synth Voice  
Synth Voice 2  
Choral  
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
Analog Voice  
Modulated Bass  
056  
000  
035  
064  
Orchestra Hit  
Orchestra Hit 2  
Impact  
2
2
2
Drawbar Organ 3  
000  
Pick Bass  
Muted Pick Bass  
1
1
018  
000  
Percussive Organ  
1
028  
1 0 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendices  
085  
000  
064  
Charang Lead  
Distorted Lead  
2
2
Bra ss  
Eth n ic, e tc.  
PC  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
PC  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
086  
087  
000  
Voice Lead  
2
057  
000  
032  
Trumpet  
Warm Trumpet  
1
2
105  
000  
032  
035  
097  
Sitar  
Detuned Sitar  
Sitar 2  
1
2
2
2
000  
035  
Fifths Lead  
Big Five  
2
2
058  
000  
018  
Trombone  
Trombone 2  
1
Tamboura  
088  
000  
016  
064  
065  
067  
068  
Bass & Lead  
Big & Low  
Fat & Perky  
Soft Whirl  
Mogul  
2
2
2
2
1
2
106  
000  
028  
096  
097  
098  
Banjo  
Muted Banjo  
Rabab  
Gopichant  
Oud  
1
1
2
2
2
059  
060  
061  
000  
000  
Tuba  
1
1
Muted Trumpet  
000  
006  
032  
037  
French Horn  
1
1
2
2
French Horn Solo  
French Horn 2  
Horn Orchestra  
Distance  
107  
108  
000  
Shamisen  
1
000  
096  
097  
Koto  
Taisho-kin  
Kanoon  
1
2
2
Sy n th p a d , e tc.  
PC  
062  
000  
035  
Brass Section  
Trumpet & Trombone Section  
1
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
2
089  
000  
064  
New Age Pad  
Fantasy  
2
2
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Kalimba  
Bagpipe  
Fiddle  
1
2
1
1
063  
064  
000  
020  
Synth Brass 1  
Resonant Synth Brass  
2
2
090  
091  
092  
000  
000  
Warm Pad  
Poly Synth Pad  
2
2
000  
018  
041  
Synth Brass 2  
Soft Brass  
Choir Brass  
1
2
2
Shanai  
000  
066  
Choir Pad  
Itopia  
2
2
000  
096  
097  
098  
099  
100  
Tinkle Bell  
Bonang  
Altair  
Gamelan Gongs  
Stereo Gamelan Gongs  
Rama Cymbal  
2
2
2
2
2
2
093  
094  
095  
096  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Bowed Pad  
Metallic Pad  
Halo Pad  
2
2
2
2
Re e d  
PC  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
1
065  
000  
Soprano Sax  
Sweep Pad  
066  
000  
040  
Alto Sax  
Sax Section  
1
2
114  
115  
000  
Agogo  
2
000  
097  
098  
Steel Drums  
Glass Percussion  
Thai Bells  
2
2
2
Sy n th SFX  
PC  
067  
000  
040  
Tenor Sax  
Breathy Tenor Sax  
1
2
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
097  
000  
065  
066  
Rain  
African Wind  
Carib  
2
2
2
068  
069  
070  
071  
072  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Baritone Sax  
Oboe  
1
2
1
1
1
116  
117  
118  
000  
096  
Woodblock  
Castanets  
1
1
000  
096  
Taiko Drum  
Gran Cassa  
1
1
English Horn  
Bassoon  
Clarinet  
098  
099  
000  
027  
Sound Track  
Prologue  
2
2
000  
064  
065  
066  
Melodic Tom  
Melodic Tom 2  
Real Tom  
2
1
2
2
000  
012  
014  
018  
035  
040  
041  
042  
065  
070  
071  
072  
Crystal  
Synth Drum Comp  
Popcorn  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Rock Tom  
Pip e  
PC  
Tiny Bells  
119  
000  
064  
065  
Synth Drum  
Analog Tom  
Electronic Percussion  
1
1
2
Round Glockenspiel  
Glockenspiel Chimes  
Clear Bells  
Chorus Bells  
Soft Crystal  
Air Bells  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
1
073  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Piccolo  
074  
075  
076  
077  
078  
079  
080  
Flute  
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
120  
000  
Reverse Cymbal  
1
Recorder  
Pan Flute  
Blown Bottle  
Shakuhachi  
Whistle  
SFX  
PC  
Bell Harp  
Gamelimba  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
2
100  
000  
018  
019  
040  
064  
065  
066  
Atmosphere  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
121  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
000  
Fret Noise  
Warm Atmosphere  
Hollow Release  
Nylon Electric Piano  
Nylon Harp  
Harp Vox  
Atmosphere Pad  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
Breath Noise  
Seashore  
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Ocarina  
Bird Tweet  
Telephone Ring  
Helicopter  
Applause  
Sy n th le a d  
PC  
CC32 XG Set  
Elements  
101  
102  
000  
Brightness  
2
081  
000  
006  
008  
018  
019  
064  
065  
066  
Square Lead  
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
Square Lead 2  
LM Square  
Hollow  
Shroud  
Mellow  
000  
064  
065  
067  
068  
070  
071  
096  
Goblins  
Goblins Synth  
Creeper  
Ritual  
To Heaven  
Night  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Gunshot  
Solo Sine  
Sine Lead  
Glisten  
Bell Choir  
082  
000  
006  
008  
018  
019  
020  
096  
Sawtooth Lead  
Sawtooth Lead 2  
Thick Sawtooth  
Dynamic Sawtooth  
Digital Sawtooth  
Big Lead  
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
103  
104  
000  
000  
Echoes  
Sci-Fi  
2
2
Sequenced Analog  
083  
084  
000  
065  
Calliope Lead  
Pure Pad  
2
2
000  
Chiff Lead  
2
1 0 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
Dru m se t list (GM2 / N a tive m o d e )  
PC  
MSB  
Classical Set  
MSB  
Contemporary Set  
MSB  
Solo Set  
MSB  
Enhanced Set  
001  
009  
017  
025  
026  
033  
041  
049  
057  
104  
104  
104  
104  
104  
104  
104  
104  
104  
Standard Set  
Room Set  
Power Set  
Electro Set  
Analog Set  
Jazz Set  
105  
105  
105  
105  
105  
105  
105  
105  
105  
StandardSet2  
Room Set 2  
Power Set 2  
Dance Set  
Rave Set  
Jazz Set 2  
Brush Set 2  
<-  
106  
106  
106  
106  
106  
106  
106  
106  
106  
St.Standard  
St.Room  
St.Power  
Rust Set  
Analog2 Set  
St.Jazz  
St.Brush  
<-  
107  
107  
107  
107  
107  
107  
107  
107  
107  
Amb.Standard  
Amb.Room  
Gated Power  
Techno Set  
Bully Set  
Amb.Jazz  
Amb.Brush  
<-  
Brush Set  
OrchestraSet  
SFX Set  
<-  
<-  
<-  
1 0 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendices  
Cla ssica l se t d ru m se t (1 )  
<-: Same as the percussion sound of “Standard Set” (PC 1)  
*
BANK MSB=104, LSB=0  
fig.drum24-87  
PC 1  
Standard Set  
High Q  
PC 9  
Room Set  
<-  
PC 17  
Power Set  
<-  
PC 25  
Electric Set  
<-  
PC 26  
Analog Set  
<-  
25  
27  
28  
29  
31  
33  
35  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
Slap  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Pull  
Sticks  
Square Click  
Metron Click  
Metron Bell  
Kick Drum 2  
Kick Drum 1  
Side Stick  
30  
32  
34  
Power Kick 2  
Power Kick 1  
<-  
PowerSnareDr  
<-  
<-  
PowerLowTom2  
<-  
PowerLowTom1  
<-  
PowerMidTom2  
<-  
PowerMidTom1  
Power HiTom2  
Elec.Kick 2  
Elec.Kick 1  
<-  
E.SnareDrum1  
<-  
<-  
E.Low Tom 2  
<-  
E.Low Tom 1  
<-  
E.Mid Tom 2  
<-  
E.Mid Tom 1  
E.Hi Tom 2  
Ana.Kick 2  
Ana.Kick 1  
Ana.Rim Sho  
Ana.Snare 1  
<-  
<-  
Ana.Low Tom2  
Ana.ClosedHH  
Ana.Low Tom1  
Ana.ClosedHH  
Ana.Mid Tom2  
Ana.Open HH  
Ana.Mid Tom1  
Ana.Hi Tom2  
Ana.Cymbal  
Ana.Hi Tom1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
C2  
37  
39  
Aco.Snare  
Hand Clap  
Elec.Snare  
Room Snare  
<-  
<-  
Room LowTom2  
<-  
Room LowTom1  
<-  
Room MidTom2  
<-  
Room MidTom1  
Room Hi Tom2  
Low Tom 2  
ClosedHi-hat  
Low Tom 1  
Pedal Hi-hat  
Mid Tom 2  
Open Hi-hat  
Mid Tom 1  
High Tom 2  
CrashCymbal1  
High Tom 1  
Ride Cymbal1  
China Cymbal  
Ride Bell  
Tambourine  
SplashCymbal  
Cowbell  
CrashCymbal2  
Vibra-slap  
Ride Cymbal2  
High Bongo  
Low Bongo  
MuteHi Conga  
OpenHi Conga  
Low Conga  
High Timbale  
Low Timbale  
High Agogo  
Low Agogo  
Cabasa  
42  
44  
46  
C3 48  
50  
49  
51  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Room Hi Tom1  
Power HiTom1  
E.Hi Tom 1  
<-  
Reverse Cym.  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
52  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
53  
54  
56  
58  
55  
57  
59  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
<-  
Ana.Hi Conga  
Ana.MidConga  
Ana.LowConga  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Ana.Maracas  
<-  
<-  
<-  
64  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
69  
Maracas  
71  
ShortWhistle  
Long Whistle  
Short Guiro  
Long Guiro  
Claves  
Hi WoodBlock  
LowWoodBlock  
Mute Cuica  
Open Cuica  
MuteTriangle  
OpenTriangle  
Shaker  
Jingle Bell  
Bell Tree  
Castanets  
Mute Surdo  
Open Surdo  
---  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
<-  
Ana.Claves  
76  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
88  
1 0 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
Cla ssica l se t d ru m se t (2 )  
*
BANK MSB=104, LSB=0  
fig.drum24-87  
PC 33  
Jazz Set  
<-  
PC 41  
Brush Set  
<-  
PC 49  
OrchestraSet  
ClosedHi-hat  
PC 57  
SFX Set  
---  
25  
27  
28  
29  
31  
33  
35  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Pedal Hi-hat  
Open Hi-hat  
Ride Cymbal1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Concert BD 2  
Concert BD 1  
<-  
Concert SD  
Castanets  
Concert SD  
Timpani F  
Timpani F#  
Timpani G  
Timpani G#  
Timpani A  
Timpani A#  
Timpani B  
Timpani c  
Timpani c#  
Timpani d  
Timpani d#  
Timpani e  
Timpani f  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
30  
32  
34  
Jazz Kick 2  
Jazz Kick 1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Jazz Kick 2  
Jazz Kick 1  
<-  
Brush Tap  
Brush Slap  
Brush Swirl  
BrushLowTom2  
Brush CHH  
BrushLowTom1  
Brush PHH  
BrushMidTom2  
Brush OHH  
BrushMidTom1  
Brush HiTom2  
Brush Crash1  
---  
---  
---  
High Q  
Slap  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Pull  
Sticks  
C2  
37  
39  
42  
44  
46  
Square Click  
Metron Click  
Metron Bell  
GtFret Noise  
Cut Noise Up  
Cut Noise Dw  
Slap_St.Bass  
Fl.Key Click  
Laughing  
Scream  
Punch  
Heart Beat  
Footsteps 1  
Footsteps 2  
Applause  
Door Creak  
Door  
Scratch  
Wind Chimes  
Car-Engine  
Car-Stop  
Car-Pass  
Car-Crash  
Siren  
C3 48  
50  
49  
51  
Brush HiTom1  
Brush Ride 1  
<-  
52  
BrushRideBel  
53  
54  
56  
58  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
55  
57  
59  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
64  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
Train  
69  
Jetplane  
Helicopter  
Starship  
Gun Shot  
Machine Gun  
Lasergun  
Explosion  
Dog  
Horse-Gallop  
Birds  
Rain  
Thunder  
Wind  
Seashore  
Stream  
71  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
76  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Bubble  
---  
---  
---  
---  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
88  
---  
Applause  
1 0 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
Co n te m p o ra ry se t d ru m se t (1 )  
<-: Same as the percussion sound of “StandardSet2” (PC 1)  
*
BANK MSB=105, LSB=0  
fig.drum24-87  
PC 1  
Standard Set2  
High Q  
PC 9  
Room Set 2  
<-  
PC 17  
Power Set 2  
<-  
PC 25  
Dance Set  
<-  
PC 26  
Rave Set  
<-  
25  
27  
28  
29  
31  
33  
35  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
Slap  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
808 Kick  
Round Kick  
Ana.Rim Shot  
808 Snare  
<-  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Pull  
Sticks  
Square Click  
Metron Click  
Metron Bell  
Kick Drum 2  
Kick Drum 1  
Side Stick  
Aco. Snare  
Hand Clap  
Elec. Snare  
Low Tom 2  
ClosedHi-hat  
Low Tom 1  
Pedal Hi-hat  
Mid Tom 2  
Open Hi-hat  
Mid Tom 1  
High Tom 2  
CrashCymbal1  
High Tom 1  
Ride Cymbal1  
China Cymbal  
Ride Bell  
Tambourine  
SplashCymbal  
Cowbell  
CrashCymbal2  
Vibra-slap  
Ride Cymbal2  
High Bongo  
Low Bongo  
MuteHi Conga  
OpenHi Conga  
Low Conga  
High Timbale  
Low Timbale  
High Agogo  
Low Agogo  
Cabasa  
30  
32  
34  
Power Kick 2  
Power Kick 1  
<-  
PowerSnareDr  
<-  
<-  
PowerLowTom2  
<-  
PowerLowTom1  
<-  
PowerMidTom2  
<-  
PowerMidTom1  
Power HiTom2  
Dance Kick  
Techno Kick  
<-  
Dance Snare  
<-  
<-  
Ana.Low Tom2  
<-  
Ana.Low Tom1  
<-  
Ana.Mid Tom2  
<-  
Ana.Mid Tom1  
Ana.Hi Tom2  
<-  
<-  
C2  
37  
39  
Room Snare  
<-  
<-  
Room LowTom2  
<-  
Room LowTom1  
<-  
Room MidTom2  
<-  
Room MidTom1  
Room Hi Tom2  
<-  
808LowTom 2  
Ana.ClosedHH  
808LowTom 1  
Ana.ClosedHH  
808MidTom 2  
Ana.Open HH  
808MidTom 1  
808Hi Tom 2  
Ana.Cymbal  
808Hi Tom 1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Ana.Cowbell  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Ana.Hi Conga  
Ana.MidConga  
Ana.LowConga  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
42  
44  
46  
C3 48  
50  
49  
51  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Room Hi Tom1  
Power HiTom1  
Ana.Hi Tom1  
<-  
Reverse Cym.  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
52  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
53  
54  
56  
58  
55  
57  
59  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
64  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
69  
Maracas  
Ana.Maracas  
<-  
<-  
<-  
71  
ShortWhistle  
Long Whistle  
Short Guiro  
Long Guiro  
Claves  
Hi WoodBlock  
LowWoodBlock  
Mute Cuica  
Open Cuica  
MuteTriangle  
OpenTriangle  
Shaker  
Jingle Bell  
Bell Tree  
Castanets  
Mute Surdo  
Open Surdo  
---  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
<-  
Ana.Claves  
76  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
88  
1 0 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
Co n te m p o ra ry se t d ru m se t (1 )  
*
BANK MSB=105, LSB=0  
fig.drum24-87  
PC 33  
Jazz Set 2  
<-  
PC 41  
Brush Set 2  
<-  
PC 49  
OrchestraSet  
ClosedHi-hat  
PC 57  
SFX Set  
---  
25  
27  
28  
29  
31  
33  
35  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Pedal Hi-hat  
Open Hi-hat  
Ride Cymbal1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Concert BD 2  
Concert BD 1  
<-  
Concert SD  
Castanets  
Concert SD  
Timpani F  
Timpani F#  
Timpani G  
Timpani G#  
Timpani A  
Timpani A#  
Timpani B  
Timpani c  
Timpani c#  
Timpani d  
Timpani d#  
Timpani e  
Timpani f  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
30  
32  
34  
Jazz Kick 2  
Jazz Kick 1  
Jazz Kick 2  
Jazz Kick 1  
<-  
Brush Tap  
Brush Slap  
Brush Swirl  
BrushLowTom2  
Brush CHH  
BrushLowTom1  
Brush PHH  
BrushMidTom2  
Brush OHH  
BrushMidTom1  
Brush HiTom2  
Brush Crash1  
---  
---  
---  
High Q  
Slap  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Pull  
Sticks  
C2  
<-  
Jazz Snare  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
37  
39  
42  
44  
46  
Square Click  
Metron Click  
Metron Bell  
GtFret Noise  
Cut Noise Up  
Cut Noise Dw  
Slap_St.Bass  
Fl.Key Click  
Laughing  
Scream  
Punch  
Heart Beat  
Footsteps 1  
Footsteps 2  
Applause  
Door Creak  
Door  
Scratch  
Wind Chimes  
Car-Engine  
Car-Stop  
Car-Pass  
Car-Crash  
Siren  
C3 48  
50  
49  
51  
Brush HiTom1  
Brush Ride 1  
<-  
52  
BrushRideBel  
53  
54  
56  
58  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
55  
57  
59  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
64  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
Train  
69  
Jetplane  
Helicopter  
Starship  
Gun Shot  
Machine Gun  
Lasergun  
Explosion  
Dog  
Horse-Gallop  
Birds  
Rain  
Thunder  
Wind  
Seashore  
Stream  
71  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
76  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
Bubble  
---  
---  
---  
---  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
88  
Applause  
1 0 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
So lo se t d ru m se t (1 )  
<-: Same as the percussion sound of “St.Standard” (PC 1)  
*
BANK MSB=106, LSB=0  
fig.drum24-87  
PC 1  
St.Standard  
High Q  
PC 9  
St.Room  
<-  
PC 17  
St.Power  
<-  
PC 25  
Rust Set  
<-  
PC 26  
Analog2 Set  
<-  
25  
27  
28  
29  
31  
33  
35  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
Slap  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Pull  
Sticks  
Square Click  
Metron Click  
Metron Bell  
Kick Drum 2  
Kick Drum 1  
Side Stick  
Snare Drum 1  
Hand Clap  
Snare Drum 2  
Low Tom 2  
ClosedHi-hat  
Low Tom 1  
Pedal Hi-hat  
Mid Tom 2  
Open Hi-hat  
Mid Tom 1  
High Tom 2  
CrashCymbal1  
High Tom 1  
Ride Cymbal1  
China Cymbal  
Ride Bell  
Tambourine  
SplashCymbal  
Cowbell  
CrashCymbal2  
Vibra-slap  
Ride Cymbal2  
High Bongo  
Low Bongo  
MuteHi Conga  
OpenHi Conga  
Low Conga  
High Timbale  
Low Timbale  
High Agogo  
Low Agogo  
Cabasa  
30  
32  
34  
Rock Kick Dr  
<-  
<-  
Rock SnareDr  
<-  
<-  
Room LowTom2  
<-  
Room LowTom1  
<-  
Room MidTom2  
<-  
Room MidTom1  
Room Hi Tom2  
Rock Kick Dr  
Round Kick  
<-  
Rock SnareDr  
<-  
Piccolo SN  
PowerLowTom2  
70s Kick 1  
Dance Kick  
<-  
Old Fill SN  
<-  
Rock SN  
Elec.Tom L2  
909 Kick 2  
909 Kick 1  
Ana.Rim Shot  
909 Snare 1  
C2  
37  
39  
<-  
909 Snare 2  
Ana.Low Tom2  
<-  
Ana.Low Tom1  
<-  
Ana.Mid Tom2  
<-  
Ana.Mid Tom1  
Ana.Hi Tom2  
<-  
Ana.Hi Tom1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
42  
44  
46  
<-  
<-  
PowerLowTom1  
<-  
PowerMidTom2  
<-  
PowerMidTom1  
Power HiTom2  
<-  
Elec.Tom L1  
<-  
Elec.Tom M2  
<-  
Elec.Tom M1  
Elec.Tom H2  
<-  
Elec.Tom H1  
<-  
Reverse Cym.  
C3 48  
50  
<-  
49  
51  
Room Hi Tom1  
Power HiTom1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
52  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
53  
54  
56  
58  
<-  
<-  
55  
Ana.Cowbell  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Ana.Hi Conga  
Ana.MidConga  
Ana.LowConga  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
57  
59  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
64  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
69  
Maracas  
Ana.Maracas  
<-  
<-  
<-  
71  
ShortWhistle  
Long Whistle  
Short Guiro  
Long Guiro  
Claves  
Hi WoodBlock  
LowWoodBlock  
Mute Cuica  
Open Cuica  
MuteTriangle  
OpenTriangle  
Shaker  
Jingle Bell  
Bell Tree  
Castanets  
Mute Surdo  
Open Surdo  
---  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
<-  
Ana.Claves  
76  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
88  
1 1 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
So lo se t d ru m se t (2 )  
*
BANK MSB=106, LSB=0  
fig.drum24-87  
PC 33  
St.Jazz  
<-  
PC 41  
St.Brush  
<-  
PC 49  
OrchestraSet  
ClosedHi-hat  
PC 57  
SFX Set  
---  
25  
27  
28  
29  
31  
33  
35  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Pedal Hi-hat  
Open Hi-hat  
Ride Cymbal1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Concert BD 2  
Concert BD 1  
<-  
Concert SD  
Castanets  
Concert SD  
Timpani F  
Timpani F#  
Timpani G  
Timpani G#  
Timpani A  
Timpani A#  
Timpani B  
Timpani c  
Timpani c#  
Timpani d  
Timpani d#  
Timpani e  
Timpani f  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
30  
32  
34  
Jazz Kick 2  
Jazz Kick 1  
<-  
Jazz Kick 2  
Jazz Kick 1  
<-  
Brush Tap  
Brush Slap  
Brush Swirl  
BrushLowTom2  
Brush CHH  
BrushLowTom1  
Brush PHH  
BrushMidTom2  
Brush OHH  
BrushMidTom1  
Brush HiTom2  
Brush Crash1  
Brush HiTom1  
Brush Ride 1  
<-  
BrushRideBel  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Brush Crash2  
<-  
Brush Ride 2  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
---  
---  
---  
High Q  
Slap  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Pull  
Sticks  
C2  
37  
39  
Jazz Snare 1  
<-  
Jazz Snare 2  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
42  
44  
46  
Square Click  
Metron Click  
Metron Bell  
GtFret Noise  
Cut Noise Up  
Cut Noise Dw  
Slap_St.Bass  
Fl.Key Click  
Laughing  
Scream  
Punch  
Heart Beat  
Footsteps 1  
Footsteps 2  
Applause  
Door Creak  
Door  
Scratch  
Wind Chimes  
Car-Engine  
Car-Stop  
Car-Pass  
Car-Crash  
Siren  
C3 48  
50  
49  
51  
52  
53  
54  
56  
58  
55  
57  
59  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
64  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
Train  
69  
Jetplane  
Helicopter  
Starship  
Gun Shot  
Machine Gun  
Lasergun  
Explosion  
Dog  
Horse-Gallop  
Birds  
Rain  
Thunder  
Wind  
Seashore  
Stream  
71  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
76  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
Bubble  
---  
---  
---  
---  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
88  
Applause  
1 1 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
En h a n ce d se t d ru m se t (1 )  
<-: Same as the percussion sound of “Amb.Standard” (PC 1)  
*
BANK MSB=107, LSB=0  
fig.drum24-87  
PC 1  
Amb.Standard  
High Q  
PC 9  
Amb.Room  
<-  
PC 17  
Gated Power  
<-  
PC 25  
Techno Set  
<-  
PC 26  
Bully Set  
<-  
25  
27  
28  
29  
31  
33  
35  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
Slap  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Pull  
Sticks  
Square Click  
Metron Click  
Metron Bell  
Kick Drum 2  
Kick Drum 1  
Side Stick  
Snare Drum 1  
Hand Clap  
Snare Drum 2  
Low Tom 2  
ClosedHi-hat  
Low Tom 1  
Pedal Hi-hat  
Mid Tom 2  
Open Hi-hat  
Mid Tom 1  
High Tom 2  
CrashCymbal1  
High Tom 1  
Ride Cymbal1  
China Cymbal  
Ride Bell  
Tambourine  
SplashCymbal  
Cowbell  
CrashCymbal2  
Vibra-slap  
Ride Cymbal2  
High Bongo  
Low Bongo  
MuteHi Conga  
OpenHi Conga  
Low Conga  
High Timbale  
Low Timbale  
High Agogo  
Low Agogo  
Cabasa  
30  
32  
34  
Rock Kick Dr  
<-  
<-  
Rock SnareDr  
<-  
<-  
Room LowTom2  
<-  
Room LowTom1  
<-  
Room MidTom2  
<-  
Room MidTom1  
Room Hi Tom2  
Rock Kick Dr  
<-  
<-  
Rock SnareDr  
<-  
<-  
Room LowTom2  
<-  
Room LowTom1  
<-  
Room MidTom2  
<-  
Room MidTom1  
Room Hi Tom2  
909 Kick 1  
909 Kick 2  
<-  
Techno Snare  
<-  
Punch Snare  
Elec.Tom L2  
909 Kick 3  
909 Kick 4  
Ana.Rim Shot  
909 Snare  
C2  
37  
39  
<-  
808 Snare  
Ana.Low Tom2  
<-  
Ana.Low Tom1  
<-  
Ana.Mid Tom2  
<-  
Ana.Mid Tom1  
Ana.Hi Tom2  
<-  
Ana.Hi Tom1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
42  
44  
46  
<-  
Elec.Tom L1  
<-  
Elec.Tom M2  
<-  
Elec.Tom M1  
Elec.Tom H2  
<-  
Elec.Tom H1  
<-  
Reverse Cym.  
C3 48  
50  
<-  
<-  
49  
51  
Room Hi Tom1  
Room Hi Tom1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
52  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
53  
54  
56  
58  
<-  
<-  
55  
Ana.Cowbell  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Ana.Hi Conga  
Ana.MidConga  
Ana.LowConga  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
57  
59  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
64  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
69  
Maracas  
Ana.Maracas  
<-  
<-  
<-  
71  
ShortWhistle  
Long Whistle  
Short Guiro  
Long Guiro  
Claves  
Hi WoodBlock  
LowWoodBlock  
Mute Cuica  
Open Cuica  
MuteTriangle  
OpenTriangle  
Shaker  
Jingle Bell  
Bell Tree  
Castanets  
Mute Surdo  
Open Surdo  
---  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
<-  
Ana.Claves  
76  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
88  
1 1 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
En h a n ce d se t d ru m se t (2 )  
*
BANK MSB=107, LSB=0  
fig.drum24-87  
PC 33  
Amb.Jazz  
<-  
PC 41  
Amb.Brush  
<-  
PC 49  
OrchestraSet  
ClosedHi-hat  
PC 57  
SFX Set  
---  
25  
27  
28  
29  
31  
33  
35  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Pedal Hi-hat  
Open Hi-hat  
Ride Cymbal1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Concert BD 2  
Concert BD 1  
<-  
Concert SD  
Castanets  
Concert SD  
Timpani F  
Timpani F#  
Timpani G  
Timpani G#  
Timpani A  
Timpani A#  
Timpani B  
Timpani c  
Timpani c#  
Timpani d  
Timpani d#  
Timpani e  
Timpani f  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
30  
32  
34  
Jazz Kick 2  
Jazz Kick 1  
<-  
Jazz Kick 2  
Jazz Kick 1  
<-  
Brush Tap  
Brush Slap  
Brush Swirl  
BrushLowTom2  
Brush CHH  
BrushLowTom1  
Brush PHH  
BrushMidTom2  
Brush OHH  
BrushMidTom1  
Brush HiTom2  
Brush Crash1  
Brush HiTom1  
Brush Ride 1  
<-  
BrushRideBel  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Brush Crash2  
<-  
Brush Ride 2  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
---  
---  
---  
High Q  
Slap  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Pull  
Sticks  
C2  
37  
39  
Jazz Snare 1  
<-  
Jazz Snare 2  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
---  
42  
44  
46  
Square Click  
Metron Click  
Metron Bell  
GtFret Noise  
Cut Noise Up  
Cut Noise Dw  
Slap_St.Bass  
Fl.Key Click  
Laughing  
Scream  
Punch  
Heart Beat  
Footsteps 1  
Footsteps 2  
Applause  
Door Creak  
Door  
Scratch  
Wind Chimes  
Car-Engine  
Car-Stop  
Car-Pass  
Car-Crash  
Siren  
C3 48  
50  
49  
51  
52  
53  
54  
56  
58  
55  
57  
59  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
64  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
Train  
69  
Jetplane  
Helicopter  
Starship  
Gun Shot  
Machine Gun  
Lasergun  
Explosion  
Dog  
Horse-Gallop  
Birds  
Rain  
Thunder  
Wind  
Seashore  
Stream  
71  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
76  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
Bubble  
---  
---  
---  
---  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
88  
Applause  
1 1 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
Dru m se t list (GS m o d e )  
*
The instrument names listed here are the proper names for the XGlite sound module mode. Due to the limited number of letters  
that can be used for the display, the names shown in the display may be slightly different from the instrument names listed here.  
PC  
001  
009  
017  
025  
026  
033  
041  
049  
057  
GS Set  
STANDARD  
ROOM  
POWER  
ELECTRONIC  
TR-808  
JAZZ  
BRUSH  
ORCHESTRA  
SFX  
1 1 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendices  
GS m o d e d ru m se t (1 )  
fig.drum25-99  
PC 1 / PC 33  
PC 9  
PC 17  
PC 25  
PC 26  
PC 41  
PC 49  
STANDARD / JAZZ ROOM  
POWER  
ELECTRONIC  
TR-808  
BRUSH  
ORCHESTRA  
----  
----  
High Q  
----  
----  
<-  
----  
----  
<-  
----  
----  
<-  
----  
----  
<-  
----  
----  
<-  
----  
----  
25  
27  
26  
28  
29  
31  
33  
35  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
Closed Hi-hat  
Pedal Hi-hat  
Open Hi-hat  
Ride Cymbal1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Slap  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Elec BD  
<-  
Elec SD  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Pull  
Sticks  
Square Click  
Metronome Click  
Metronome Bell  
Kick Drum2 / Jazz  
Kick Drum1 / Jazz  
Side Stick  
Snare Drum1  
Hand Clap  
Snare Drum2  
Low Tom2  
Closed Hi-hat  
Low Tom1  
Pedal Hi-hat  
Mid Tom2  
Open Hi-hat  
Mid Tom1  
High Tom2  
Crash Cymbal1  
High Tom1  
Ride Cymbal1  
Chinese Cymbal  
Ride Bell  
Tambourine  
Splash Cymbal  
Cowbell  
30  
32  
34  
Jazz BD2  
Jazz BD1  
<-  
Concert BD2  
Concert BD1  
<-  
MONDO Kick  
<-  
Gated SD  
<-  
808 Bass Drum  
808 Rim Shot  
808 Snare Drum Brush Tap  
<-  
<-  
C2  
37  
39  
Concert SD  
Brush Slap Castanets  
Brash Swirl Concert SD  
<-  
<-  
Gated SD  
Room Low  
<-  
Room Low  
<-  
Room Low  
<-  
Room Low  
<-  
Elec Low Tom2 808 Low Tom2  
<- 808 CHH  
Elec Low Tom1 808 Low Tom1  
<- 808 CHH  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Timpani F  
Timpani F#  
Timpani G  
Timpani G#  
Timpani A  
Timpani A#  
Timpani B  
Timpani c  
Timpani c#  
Timpani d  
Timpani d#  
Timpani e  
Timpani f  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Concert  
<-  
Concert  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
42  
44  
46  
Room Mid Tom2 Room Mid Tom2 Elec Mid Tom2 808 Mid Tom2  
<- <- <- 808 OHH  
Room Mid Tom1 Room Mid Tom1 Elec Mid Tom1 808 Mid Tom1  
Room Hi Tom2 Room Hi Tom2 Elec Hi Tom2  
<-  
808 Hi Tom2  
808 Cymbal  
808 Hi Tom1  
<-  
C3 48  
50  
<-  
Room Hi Tom1 Elec Hi Tom1  
<- <-  
Reverse Cymbal <-  
<-  
49  
51  
Room Hi Tom1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
----  
52  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
----  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
----  
<-  
<-  
<-  
53  
54  
56  
58  
55  
808 Cowbell  
57  
Crash Cymbal2  
Vibra-slap  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
59  
Ride Cymbal2  
High Bongo  
Low Bongo  
Mute High Conga  
Open High Conga  
Low Conga  
High Timbale  
Low Timbale  
High Agogo  
Low Agogo  
Cabasa  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
808 High Conga <-  
808 Mid Conga <-  
808 Low Conga <-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
808 Maracas  
<-  
<-  
<-  
64  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
----  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
69  
Maracas  
Short Hi Whistle  
Long Low Whistle  
71  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
Short Guiro  
Long Guiro  
Claves  
High Wood Block  
Low Wood Block  
Mute Cuica  
Open Cuica  
Mute Triangle  
Open Triangle  
Shaker  
Jingle Bell  
Bell Tree  
Castanets  
Mute Surdo  
Open Surdo  
----  
<-  
808 Claves  
76  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
----  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
88  
Applause  
1 1 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
GS m o d e d ru m se t (2 )  
fig.drum35-108  
PC 57  
SFX  
35  
36  
----  
----  
----  
----  
High Q  
Slap  
Scratch Push  
Scratch Pull  
Sticks  
Square Click  
Metronome Click  
Metronome Bell  
Guitar Fret Noise  
Guitar cutting  
Guitar cutting  
String slap of double  
Fl.Key Click  
Laughing  
C2  
37  
39  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
42  
44  
46  
C3 48  
50  
49  
51  
52  
Scream  
Punch  
Heart Beat  
Footsteps1  
Footsteps2  
Applause  
53  
54  
56  
58  
55  
57  
59  
Door Creaking  
Door  
Scratch  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
Wind Chimes  
Car-Engine  
Car-Stop  
Car-Pass  
Car-Crash  
Siren  
Train  
Jetplane  
Helicopter  
Starship  
64  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
69  
71  
Gun Shot  
C5 72  
74  
Machine Gun  
Lasergun  
Explosion  
Dog  
73  
75  
76  
Horse-Gallop  
Birds  
Rain  
Thunder  
Wind  
Seashore  
Stream  
Bubble  
----  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
----  
----  
----  
88  
----  
----  
----  
----  
----  
----  
89  
90  
92  
94  
91  
93  
95  
1 1 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
Dru m se t list (XGlite m o d e )  
*
The instrument names listed here are the proper names for the XGlite sound module mode. Due to the limited  
number of letters that can be used for the display, the names shown in the display may be slightly different from the  
instrument names listed here.  
PC  
MSB  
LSB  
XG Set  
MSB  
LSB  
XG Set  
001  
002  
009  
017  
025  
026  
033  
041  
049  
127  
127  
127  
127  
127  
127  
127  
127  
127  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Standard Kit  
Standard Kit 2  
Room Kit  
126  
126  
0
0
SFX Kit 1  
SFX Kit 2  
Rock Kit  
Electro Kit  
Analog Kit  
Jazz Kit  
Brush Kit  
Classic Kit  
1 1 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendices  
XGlite m o d e d ru m se t (1 )  
*
BANK MSB=127, LSB=0  
fig.drum12-64  
PC001  
Standard Kit  
Surdo Mute  
Surdo Open  
Hi Q  
PC002  
Standard Kit 2  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
PC009  
Room Kit  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
PC017  
Rock Kit  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
PC025  
Electro Kit  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
C012  
14  
13  
15  
16  
Whip Slap  
Scratch H  
Scratch L  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
17  
18  
20  
22  
Finger Snap  
Click Noise  
Metronome Click  
Metronome Bell  
Seq Click L  
Seq Click H  
Brush Tap  
Brush Swirl  
Brush Slap  
Brush Tap Swirl  
Snare Roll  
Castanet  
Snare Soft  
Sticks  
Kick Soft  
Open Rim Shot  
Kick Tight  
Kick  
Side Stick  
Snare  
Hand Clap  
Snare Tight  
Floor Tom L  
Hi-Hat Closed  
Floor Tom H  
Hi-Hat Pedal  
Low Tom  
Hi-Hat Open  
Mid Tom L  
Mid Tom H  
Crash Cymbal 1  
High Tom  
Ride Cymbal 1  
Chinese Cymbal  
Ride Cymbal Cup  
Tambourine  
Splash Cymbal  
Cowbell  
19  
21  
23  
C124  
26  
<-  
<-  
<-  
25  
27  
28  
Reverse Cymbal  
<-  
Hi Q 2  
Snare Snappy Elec-  
<-  
Kick 3  
<-  
Kick Gate  
Kick Gate Heavy  
<-  
Snare Noisy 2  
<-  
Snare Noisy 3  
Tom Electro 1  
Snare Roll 2  
<-  
Snare Soft 2  
<-  
29  
30  
32  
34  
Snare Noisy  
<-  
Kick Tight 2  
<-  
Kick 2  
Kick Gate  
<-  
Snare Rock  
<-  
Snare Rock Rim  
Tom Rock 1  
31  
33  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Open Rim Shot H  
Kick Tight Short  
Kick Short  
<-  
Snare Short  
<-  
Snare Tight H  
35  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
C2  
<-  
37  
39  
Snare Snappy  
<-  
Snare Tight Snappy  
Tom Room 1  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
42  
44  
46  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Tom Room 2  
<-  
Tom Room 3  
<-  
Tom Room 4  
Tom Room 5  
<-  
Tom Rock 2  
<-  
Tom Rock 3  
<-  
Tom Rock 4  
Tom Rock 5  
<-  
Tom Electro 2  
<-  
Tom Electro 3  
<-  
Tom Electro 4  
Tom Electro 5  
<-  
C3 48  
50  
49  
51  
Tom Room 6  
Tom Rock 6  
Tom Electro 6  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
52  
53  
54  
56  
58  
55  
57  
Crash Cymbal 2  
Vibraslap  
Ride Cymbal 2  
Bongo H  
59  
C4 60  
62  
Bongo L  
61  
63  
Conga H Mute  
Conga H Open  
Conga L  
Timbale H  
Timbale L  
Agogo H  
Agogo L  
Cabasa  
Maracas  
64  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
69  
71  
Samba Whistle H  
1 1 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
fig.drum72-84  
PC001  
PC002  
PC009  
PC017  
PC025  
Standard Kit  
Samba Whistle L  
Guiro Short  
Guiro Long  
Claves  
Wood Block H  
Wood Block L  
Cuica Mute  
Cuica Open  
Triangle Mute  
Triangle Open  
Shaker  
Standard Kit 2  
Room Kit  
Rock Kit  
Electro Kit  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
76  
77  
78  
80  
82  
Scratch H 2  
Scratch L 2  
79  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
81  
83  
Jingle Bells  
Bell Tree  
C6 84  
XGlite m o d e d ru m se t (2 )  
*
BANK MSB=127, LSB=0  
fig.drum12-64  
PC001  
Standard Kit  
Surdo Mute  
Surdo Open  
Hi Q  
Whip Slap  
Scratch H  
Scratch L  
Finger Snap  
Click Noise  
Metronome Click  
Metronome Bell  
Seq Click L  
Seq Click H  
Brush Tap  
Brush Swirl  
Brush Slap  
Brush Tap Swirl  
Snare Roll  
Castanet  
Snare Soft  
Sticks  
Kick Soft  
Open Rim Shot  
Kick Tight  
Kick  
Side Stick  
Snare  
Hand Clap  
Snare Tight  
Floor Tom L  
Hi-Hat Closed  
Floor Tom H  
Hi-Hat Pedal  
Low Tom  
Hi-Hat Open  
Mid Tom L  
Mid Tom H  
Crash Cymbal 1  
High Tom  
PC026  
Analog Kit  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
PC033  
Jazz Kit  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
PC041  
Brush Kit  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
PC049  
Classic Kit  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
C012  
14  
13  
15  
16  
17  
18  
20  
22  
19  
21  
23  
C124  
26  
25  
27  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
28  
Reverse Cymbal  
<-  
Hi Q 2  
Snare Noisy 4  
<-  
Kick Tight 2  
<-  
Kick Analog Short  
Kick Analog  
Side Stick Analog  
Snare Analog  
<-  
Snare Analog 2  
Tom Analog 1  
Hi-Hat Closed Ana-  
Tom Analog 2  
Hi-Hat Closed Ana-  
Tom Analog 3  
Hi-Hat Open Analog  
Tom Analog 4  
Tom Analog 5  
Crash Analog  
Tom Analog 6  
<-  
29  
30  
32  
34  
31  
Brush Slap 2  
<-  
<-  
<-  
33  
Kick Soft 2  
<-  
Gran Cassa  
Gran Cassa Mute  
<-  
Band Snare  
<-  
Band Snare 2  
Tom Jazz 1  
<-  
Tom Jazz 2  
<-  
Tom Jazz 3  
<-  
Tom Jazz 4  
Tom Jazz 5  
Hand Cymbal  
Tom Jazz 6  
Hand Cymbal Short  
<-  
35  
<-  
<-  
Kick Jazz  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Kick Small  
<-  
Brush Slap 3  
<-  
Brush Tap 2  
Tom Brush 1  
<-  
Tom Brush 2  
<-  
Tom Brush 3  
<-  
Tom Brush 4  
Tom Brush 5  
<-  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
C2  
37  
39  
<-  
Tom Jazz 1  
<-  
Tom Jazz 2  
<-  
Tom Jazz 3  
<-  
Tom Jazz 4  
Tom Jazz 5  
42  
44  
46  
C3 48  
50  
49  
51  
<-  
Tom Jazz 6  
<-  
<-  
Tom Brush 6  
<-  
<-  
Ride Cymbal 1  
Chinese Cymbal  
52  
<-  
1 1 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
fig.drum53-84  
PC001  
PC026  
PC033  
PC041  
PC049  
Standard Kit  
Analog Kit  
Jazz Kit  
Brush Kit  
Classic Kit  
Ride Cymbal Cup  
Tambourine  
Splash Cymbal  
Cowbell  
Crash Cymbal 2  
Vibraslap  
Ride Cymbal 2  
Bongo H  
Bongo L  
Conga H Mute  
Conga H Open  
Conga L  
Timbale H  
Timbale L  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
Cowbell Analog  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Conga Analog H  
Conga Analog M  
Conga Analog L  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Maracas 2  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Claves 2  
<-  
<-  
Scratch H 2  
Scratch L 3  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
Hand Cymbal 2  
<-  
Hand Cymbal 2 Short  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
<-  
C4 60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
Agogo H  
Agogo L  
Cabasa  
Maracas  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
Samba Whistle H  
Samba Whistle L  
Guiro Short  
Guiro Long  
Claves  
Wood Block H  
Wood Block L  
Cuica Mute  
Cuica Open  
Triangle Mute  
Triangle Open  
Shaker  
C5 72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
Jingle Bells  
Bell Tree  
C6 84  
1 2 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
XGlite m o d e d ru m se t (3 )  
*
BANK MSB=126, LSB=0  
fig.drum36-90  
PC001  
SFX Kit 1  
PC002  
SFX Kit 2  
Cutting Noise  
Cutting Noise 2  
---  
String Slap  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
36  
38  
40  
41  
43  
45  
47  
C2  
Door Squeak  
Door Slam  
Scratch Cut  
Scratch H 3  
Wind Chime  
Telephone Ring 2  
---  
---  
37  
39  
42  
44  
46  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
C3 48  
50  
49  
51  
52  
Flute Key Click  
Car Engine Igni-  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
Car Tires Squeal  
Car Passing  
Car Crash  
Siren  
Train  
Jet Plane  
Starship  
53  
54  
56  
58  
55  
57  
59  
---  
---  
---  
---  
Burst  
Roller Coaster  
Submarine  
---  
C4 60  
62  
61  
63  
64  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
Shower  
Thunder  
Wind  
Stream  
---  
---  
---  
Laugh  
Scream  
Punch  
Heart Beat  
65  
66  
68  
70  
67  
69  
71  
Bubble  
---  
---  
---  
Foot Steps  
---  
---  
---  
C5 72  
74  
73  
75  
76  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
77  
78  
80  
82  
79  
81  
83  
Dog  
Horse  
Bird Tweet 2  
---  
Machine Gun  
Laser Gun  
Explosion  
Firework  
---  
C6 84  
86  
85  
87  
88  
---  
---  
Ghost  
---  
---  
89  
90  
1 2 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendices  
1 2 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
STUDIO CANVAS  
Date : May 1, 2002  
Version : 1.00  
Model: SD-80  
MIDI Implementation Chart  
(GM2/Native mode)  
Function...  
Transmitted  
Recognized  
Remarks  
Basic  
Channel Changed  
Default  
X
X
1–16  
1–16  
Default  
Messages  
Altered  
X
X
Mode 3  
Mode 3, 4 (M = 1)  
* 2  
Mode  
**************  
Note  
Number :  
X
0–127  
0–127  
True Voice  
**************  
Note On  
Note Off  
X
X
O
O
Velocity  
After  
Touch  
Key's  
Channel's  
X
X
O
O
*1  
*1  
Pitch Bend  
O
O
*1  
0, 32  
1
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
X
X
X
X
O
O
X
X
X
O
*4  
O
*1  
*1  
Bank select  
O
Modulation  
5
*4  
*4  
*4  
*4  
O
Portamento time  
Data entry  
6, 38  
7
O
O
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
Volume  
10  
11  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
91  
93  
O
Panpot  
O
Expression  
O
Hold 1  
*4  
O
Portamento  
O
Sostenuto  
O
Soft  
O
Legato Foot Switch  
Resonance  
Control  
Change  
*4  
*4  
*4  
*4  
*4  
*4  
*4  
*4  
O
O
Release Time  
O
Attack Time  
O
Cutoff  
O
Decay Time  
O
Vibrato Rate  
O
Vibrato Depth  
O
Vibrato Delay  
O (Tone 1 Level)  
General Purpose Controller 5  
General Purpose Controller 6  
General Purpose Controller 7  
General Purpose Controller 8  
Portamento control  
General purpose effects 1  
General purpose effects 3  
CC1, 2 (General purpose controller 1, 2)  
CC3, 4 (General purpose controller 3, 4)  
NRPN LSB, MSB  
RPN LSB, MSB  
O (Tone 2 Level)  
O (Tone 3 Level)  
O (Tone 4 Level)  
O
*4  
*4  
O (Reverb)  
O (Chorus)  
1–5, 7–31, 64–95 *3  
1–5, 7–31, 64–95 *3  
98, 99  
O
O
X
100, 101  
*4  
O
Program  
Change  
O
*4  
*5  
O
0–127  
*1  
*1  
**************  
: True Number  
Program No. 1–128  
System Exclusive  
O
O
: Song Position  
: Song Select  
: Tune Request  
X
X
X
X
X
X
System  
Common  
System  
Real Time : Commands  
: Clock  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O (120, 126, 127)  
: All Sound Off  
O
: Reset All Controllers  
Aux  
Messages  
X
: Local On/Off  
: All Notes Off  
: Active Sensing  
: System Reset  
O (123–127)  
O
X
* 1 O X is selectable.  
* 2 Recognized as M=1 even if M1.  
* 3 Can be changed settings.  
* 5 Transmits when Data Transfer is excuted or RQ1  
received.  
Notes  
* 4 Transmits when GM Data Transfer is excuted .  
Mode 1 : OMNI ON, POLY  
Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY  
Mode 2 : OMNI ON, MONO  
Mode 4 : OMNI OFF, MONO  
O : Yes  
X : No  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
STUDIO CANVAS  
Date : May 1, 2002  
Version : 1.00  
Model: SD-80  
MIDI Implementation Chart  
(GS mode)  
Function...  
Transmitted  
Recognized  
Remarks  
Basic  
Channel Changed  
Default  
X
X
1–16  
1–16  
Default  
Messages  
Altered  
X
X
Mode 3  
Mode 3, 4 (M = 1)  
* 2  
Mode  
**************  
Note  
Number :  
X
0–127  
0–127  
True Voice  
**************  
Note On  
Note Off  
X
X
O
X
Velocity  
After  
Touch  
Key's  
Channel's  
X
X
O
O
*1  
*1  
Pitch Bend  
X
O
*1  
0, 32  
1
5
6, 38  
7
10  
11  
64  
65  
66  
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
X
O
O
X
X
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
*1  
Bank select  
Modulation  
Portamento time  
Data entry  
Volume  
Panpot  
Expression  
Hold 1  
Portamento  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
*1  
Control  
Change  
Sostenuto  
Soft  
67  
84  
91  
93  
Portamento control  
General purpose effects 1  
General purpose effects 3  
CC1(General purpose controller 1)  
CC1(General purpose controller 2)  
NRPN LSB, MSB  
RPN LSB, MSB  
O (Reverb)  
O (Chorus)  
O
O
X
1–95 *3  
1–95 *3  
98, 99  
100, 101  
O
Program  
Change  
X
O
0–127  
*1  
**************  
: True Number  
Program No. 1–128  
System Exclusive  
X
O
: Song Position  
: Song Select  
: Tune Request  
X
X
X
X
X
X
System  
Common  
System  
Real Time : Commands  
: Clock  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O (120, 126, 127)  
: All Sound Off  
O
: Reset All Controllers  
Aux  
Messages  
X
: Local On/Off  
: All Notes Off  
: Active Sensing  
: System Reset  
O (123–127)  
O
X
* 1 O X is selectable.  
* 2 Recognized as M=1 even if M1.  
* 3 Can be changed settings.  
Notes  
Mode 1 : OMNI ON, POLY  
Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY  
Mode 2 : OMNI ON, MONO  
Mode 4 : OMNI OFF, MONO  
O : Yes  
X : No  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sp e cifica tio n s  
Model: Studio Canvas SD-80  
(General MIDI2 / GS format / XGlite format)  
Number of parts  
Power Supply  
32  
AC 120 V, AC 230 V or AC 240 V  
Maximum Polyphony  
Power Consumption  
11W (AC 120 V)  
128 voices  
12W (AC 230 V)  
Internal Sounds  
13W (AC 240 V)  
Sound Maps:  
6
(Classical, Contemporary, Solo, Enhanced, Special 1, Special 2)  
Dimensions  
280 (W) x 258.4 (D) x 46 (H) mm  
11-1/ 16 (W) x 10-3/ 16 (D) x 1-13/ 16 (H) inches  
Preset Memory  
Internal Sounds:  
Drum Sound sets:  
1050  
30  
Weight  
1.8 kg  
User Memory  
Internal Sounds:  
Drum Sound sets:  
4 lbs  
128  
16  
Accessories  
USB cable  
Effects  
AC cable  
System Effects:  
Reverb (6 types)  
Owners Manual  
Getting Started  
Chorus (6 types)  
Insertion Effects:  
Multi-effects x 3 (90 types)  
CD-ROM  
Display  
Rack-mount adaptor  
Desk-stand mount (with cushion sets)  
40 characters, 2 lines (LCD with Backlight)  
Connectors  
USB connector  
Digital Audio OUT Connector  
COAXIAL type (conforms to S/ P DIF)  
OPTICAL type (conforms to S/ P DIF)  
Output jack 1 (Stereo)  
Output jack 2 (Stereo)  
Headphones jack (Stereo)  
MIDI connector (IN, OUT) x 2  
*
In the interest of product improvement, the specifications and/or appearance of this unit are subject to change  
without prior notice.  
1 2 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
IN DEX  
Inst Initialize ....................................................... 50  
Inst part ............................................................... 18  
Inst Startup ......................................................... 51  
INST/ DRUM ...................................................... 24  
A
AC IN Connector ............................................... 12  
B
C
capital sound ...................................................... 26  
checksum ............................................................. 73  
Chorus ............................................... 16, 39, 41, 45  
Classical ............................................................... 17  
Contemporary .................................................... 17  
Contrast ............................................................... 15  
LCD Contrast ..................................................... 50  
LFO ...................................................................... 54  
D
MFX ............................................................... 46, 64  
MIDI Connector ................................................. 12  
MIDI Indicator ................................................... 11  
MIDI mode ......................................................... 20  
MIDI OUT/ THRU Switch ................................ 12  
Mode Indicator .................................................. 11  
multitimbral sound module ............................. 18  
demo songs ......................................................... 13  
Device ID Number ............................................. 51  
DIGITAL OUT Jack ........................................... 12  
Display ................................................................ 10  
Drum part ........................................................... 18  
E
EFFECTS Button ................................................ 10  
Enhanced ............................................................. 17  
ENTER ................................................................. 11  
Envelope ........................................................ 35, 54  
EQ ................................................................... 42, 48  
equalizer .............................................................. 16  
OUTPUT ............................................................. 12  
F
PAGE Button ...................................................... 11  
parameters .................................................... 30, 33  
part ....................................................................... 23  
PART Button ...................................................... 10  
Part Mode ..................................................... 18, 24  
part parameters ............................................ 31, 33  
patch .................................................................... 50  
pitch ..................................................................... 54  
Polyphony .......................................................... 18  
Preview Mode .............................................. 52  
Preview Note ................................................ 52  
Preview Velocity .......................................... 52  
Factory Reset ...................................................... 52  
G
Getting Started ..................................................... 9  
GM2 ..................................................................... 16  
Grounding Terminal ......................................... 12  
H
I
individual data ............................................. 50, 70  
INST ..................................................................... 24  
INST Button ........................................................ 10  
1 2 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INDEX  
R
S
SHIFT Button ...................................................... 11  
Solo ....................................................................... 17  
soloing ................................................................. 29  
sound ................................................................... 26  
sound generator mode .......................... 16, 22, 53  
sound set ....................................................... 25, 55  
Special .................................................................. 17  
synthesizer .......................................................... 54  
SysEX Device ID ................................................ 51  
SYSTEM Button .................................................. 10  
System Effect .......................................... 41, 43, 45  
system exclusive data ........................................ 50  
T
tempo ................................................................... 52  
temporary area ................................................... 30  
Time Variant Amplifier .................................... 54  
Time Variant Filter ............................................ 54  
TVA ...................................................................... 54  
U
USB Connector ................................................... 12  
USB Driver .......................................................... 52  
USB Indicator ..................................................... 11  
USB mode ........................................................... 19  
V
VALUE dial ........................................................ 10  
Variation number ......................................... 14, 26  
Vibrato ................................................................. 36  
voice ..................................................................... 18  
W
WAVE .................................................................. 54  
X
XGlite ................................................................... 16  
1 2 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INDEX  
1 2 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MEMO  
1 2 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MEMO  
1 3 0  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For EU Countries  
This product complies with the requirements of European Directives EMC 89/336/EEC and LVD 73/23/EEC.  
For the USA  
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION  
RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE STATEMENT  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the  
FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential  
installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in  
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee  
that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or  
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the  
interference by one or more of the following measures:  
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.  
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:  
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and  
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.  
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards  
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE  
Unauthorized changes or modification to this system can void the users authority to operate this equipment.  
This equipment requires shielded interface cables in order to meet FCC class B Limit.  
For Canada  
NOTICE  
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.  
AVIS  
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Règlement sur le matériel brouilleur du Canada.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Information  
When you need repair service, call your nearest EDIROL/Roland Service Center or authorized  
EDIROL/Roland distributor in your country as shown below.  
IRELAND  
HONG KONG  
BARBADOS  
PERU  
CYPRUS  
Roland Ireland  
Parsons Music Ltd.  
A&B Music Supplies LTD  
12 Webster Industrial Park  
Wildey, St.Michael, Barbados  
TEL: (246)430-1100  
Audionet  
Radex Sound Equipment Ltd.  
17, Diagorou Street, Nicosia,  
CYPRUS  
G2 Calmount Park, Calmount  
Avenue, Dublin 12  
Republic of IRELAND  
TEL: (01) 4294444  
8th Floor, Railway Plaza, 39  
Chatham Road South, T.S.T,  
Kowloon, HONG KONG  
TEL: 2333 1863  
Distribuciones Musicales SAC  
Juan Fanning 530  
Miraflores  
Lima - Peru  
TEL: (511) 4461388  
EUROPE  
EDIROL (Europe) Ltd.  
Studio 3.4 114 Power Road  
London W4 5PY  
TEL: (022) 66-9426  
IRAN  
MOCO INC.  
No.41 Nike St., Dr.Shariyati Ave.,  
Roberoye Cerahe Mirdamad  
Tehran, IRAN  
BRAZIL  
Roland Brasil Ltda.  
Rua San Jose, 780 Sala B  
Parque Industrial San Jose  
Cotia - Sao Paulo - SP, BRAZIL  
TEL: (011) 4615 5666  
ITALY  
Roland Italy S. p. A.  
Viale delle Industrie 8,  
20020 Arese, Milano, ITALY  
TEL: (02) 937-78300  
U. K.  
INDIA  
Rivera Digitec (India) Pvt. Ltd.  
409, Nirman Kendra  
Mahalaxmi Flats Compound  
Off. Dr. Edwin Moses Road,  
Mumbai-400011, INDIA  
TEL: (022) 2493 9051  
TEL: +44 (0)20 8747 5949  
FAX:+44 (0)20 8747 5948  
http://www.edirol.com/europe  
TRINIDAD  
AMR Ltd  
Ground Floor  
Maritime Plaza  
Barataria Trinidad W.I.  
TEL: (868)638 6385  
TEL: (021) 285-4169  
Deutschland  
TEL: 0700 33 47 65 20  
France  
TEL: 0810 000 371  
Italia  
TEL: 02 93778329  
ISRAEL  
Halilit P. Greenspoon & Sons  
Ltd.  
8 Retzif Ha’aliya Hashnya St.  
Tel-Aviv-Yafo ISRAEL  
TEL: (03) 6823666  
NORWAY  
Roland Scandinavia Avd.  
Kontor Norge  
Lilleakerveien 2 Postboks 95  
Lilleaker N-0216 Oslo  
NORWAY  
CHILE  
Comercial Fancy II S.A.  
Rut.: 96.919.420-1  
Nataniel Cox #739, 4th Floor  
Santiago - Centro, CHILE  
TEL: (02) 688-9540  
INDONESIA  
PT Citra IntiRama  
J1. Cideng Timur No. 15J-150  
Jakarta Pusat  
INDONESIA  
TEL: (021) 6324170  
URUGUAY  
Todo Musica S.A.  
Francisco Acuna de Figueroa 1771  
C.P.: 11.800  
Montevideo, URUGUAY  
TEL: (02) 924-2335  
TEL: 2273 0074  
JORDAN  
MUSIC HOUSE CO. LTD.  
FREDDY FOR MUSIC  
P. O. Box 922846  
Amman 11192 JORDAN  
TEL: (06) 5692696  
COLOMBIA  
Centro Musical Ltda.  
POLAND  
MX MUSIC SP.Z.O.O.  
UL. Gibraltarska 4.  
PL-03664 Warszawa POLAND  
TEL: (022) 679 44 19  
KOREA  
Cra 43 B No 25 A 41 Bododega 9 VENEZUELA  
Cosmos Corporation  
1461-9, Seocho-Dong,  
Seocho Ku, Seoul, KOREA  
TEL: (02) 3486-8855  
Medellin, Colombia  
TEL: (574)3812529  
Instrumentos Musicales  
Allegro,C.A.  
Av.las industrias edf.Guitar  
import  
#7 zona Industrial de Turumo  
Caracas, Venezuela  
TEL: (212) 244-1122  
NORTH AMERICA  
CURACAO  
Zeelandia Music Center Inc.  
Orionweg 30  
Curacao, Netherland Antilles  
TEL:(305)5926866  
CANADA  
Roland Canada Music Ltd.  
(Head Office)  
5480 Parkwood Way Richmond  
B. C., V6V 2M4 CANADA  
TEL: (604) 270 6626  
KUWAIT  
EASA HUSAIN AL-YOUSIFI  
& SONS CO.  
Abdullah Salem Street,  
Safat, KUWAIT  
TEL: 243-6399  
PORTUGAL  
Roland Iberia, S.L.  
Portugal Office  
Cais das Pedras, 8/9-1 Dto  
4050-465, Porto, PORTUGAL  
TEL: 22 608 00 60  
MALAYSIA/  
SINGAPORE  
Roland Asia Pacific Sdn. Bhd.  
45-1, Block C2, Jalan PJU 1/39,  
Dataran Prima, 47301 Petaling  
Jaya, Selangor, MALAYSIA  
TEL: (03) 7805-3263  
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC  
Instrumentos Fernando Giraldez  
Calle Proyecto Central No.3  
Ens.La Esperilla  
Santo Domingo,  
Dominican Republic  
TEL:(809) 683 0305  
Roland Canada Music Ltd.  
(Toronto Office)  
170 Admiral Boulevard  
Mississauga On L5T 2N6  
CANADA  
EUROPE  
LEBANON  
Chahine S.A.L.  
Gerge Zeidan St., Chahine  
Bldg., Achrafieh, P.O.Box: 16-  
5857  
Beirut, LEBANON  
TEL: (01) 20-1441  
ROMANIA  
FBS LINES  
Piata Libertatii 1,  
535500 Gheorgheni,  
ROMANIA  
AUSTRIA  
PHILIPPINES  
Roland Elektronische  
Musikinstrumente HmbH.  
G.A. Yupangco & Co. Inc.  
339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue  
Makati, Metro Manila 1200,  
PHILIPPINES  
TEL: (905) 362 9707  
TEL: (266) 364 609  
Austrian Office  
ECUADOR  
Mas Musika  
Rumichaca 822 y Zaruma  
Guayaquil - Ecuador  
Eduard-Bodem-Gasse 8,  
A-6020 Innsbruck, AUSTRIA  
TEL: (0512) 26 44 260  
U. S. A.  
RUSSIA  
MuTek  
Dorozhnaya ul.3,korp.6  
117 545 Moscow, RUSSIA  
TEL: (095) 981-4967  
Roland Corporation U.S.  
5100 S. Eastern Avenue  
Los Angeles, CA 90040-2938,  
U. S. A.  
TEL: (02) 899 9801  
OMAN  
TALENTZ CENTRE L.L.C.  
Malatan House No.1  
Al Noor Street, Ruwi  
SULTANATE OF OMAN  
TEL: 2478 3443  
TAIWAN  
BELGIUM/FRANCE/  
HOLLAND/  
LUXEMBOURG  
Roland Central Europe N.V.  
Houtstraat 3, B-2260, Oevel  
(Westerlo) BELGIUM  
TEL:(593-4)2302364  
ROLAND TAIWAN  
TEL: (323) 890 3700  
ENTERPRISE CO., LTD.  
Room 5, 9fl. No. 112 Chung  
Shan N.Road Sec.2, Taipei,  
TAIWAN, R.O.C.  
GUATEMALA  
SPAIN  
Roland Iberia, S.L.  
Paseo García Faria, 33-35  
08005 Barcelona SPAIN  
TEL: 93 493 91 00  
Casa Instrumental  
Calzada Roosevelt 34-01,zona 11  
Ciudad de Guatemala  
Guatemala  
QATAR  
Badie Studio & Stores  
P.O. Box 62,  
Doha, QATAR  
TEL: 423554  
AFRICA  
EGYPT  
Al Fanny Trading Office  
9, EBN Hagar A1 Askalany  
Street,  
ARD E1 Golf, Heliopolis,  
Cairo 11341, EGYPT  
TEL: 20-2-417-1828  
TEL: (02) 2561 3339  
TEL: (014) 575811  
TEL:(502) 599-2888  
THAILAND  
Theera Music Co. , Ltd.  
330 Soi Verng NakornKasem,  
New Road, Sumpantawongse,  
Bangkok 10100, THAILAND  
TEL: (02) 224-8821  
CZECH REP.  
K-AUDIO  
Kardasovska 626.  
CZ-198 00 Praha 9,  
CZECH REP.  
SWEDEN  
HONDURAS  
Almacen Pajaro Azul S.A. de C.V.  
BO.Paz Barahona  
3 Ave.11 Calle S.O  
San Pedro Sula, Honduras  
TEL: (504) 553-2029  
Roland Scandinavia A/S  
SWEDISH SALES OFFICE  
Danvik Center 28, 2 tr.  
S-131 30 Nacka SWEDEN  
TEL: (0)8 702 00 20  
SAUDI ARABIA  
aDawliah Universal  
Electronics APL  
Corniche Road, Aldossary  
Bldg., 1st Floor, Alkhobar,  
SAUDI ARABIA  
TEL: (2) 666 10529  
VIETNAM  
SAIGON MUSIC  
DISTRIBUTOR  
(TAN DINH MUSIC)  
138 Tran Quang Khai Street  
Dist. 1, Ho Chi Minh City  
VIETNAM  
REUNION  
DENMARK  
SWITZERLAND  
Roland (Switzerland) AG  
Landstrasse 5, Postfach,  
CH-4452 Itingen,  
SWITZERLAND  
TEL: (061) 927-8383  
MARTINIQUE  
Musique & Son  
Z.I.Les Mangle  
97232 Le Lamantin  
Martinique F.W.I.  
TEL: 596 596 426860  
Maison FO - YAM Marcel  
25 Rue Jules Hermann,  
Chaudron - BP79 97 491  
Ste Clotilde Cedex,  
Roland Scandinavia A/S  
Nordhavnsvej 7, Postbox 880,  
DK-2100 Copenhagen  
DENMARK  
P.O.Box 2154, Alkhobar 31952  
SAUDI ARABIA  
TEL: (03) 898 2081  
REUNION ISLAND  
TEL: (0262) 218-429  
TEL: 3916 6200  
SYRIA  
Technical Light & Sound  
Center  
Rawda, Abdul Qader Jazairi St.  
Bldg. No. 21, P.O.BOX 13520,  
Damascus, SYRIA  
TEL: (08) 848-4068  
FINLAND  
Roland Scandinavia As, Filial  
Finland  
Elannontie 5  
FIN-01510 Vantaa, FINLAND  
TEL: (0)9 68 24 020  
UKRAINE  
TIC-TAC  
Mira Str. 19/108  
P.O. Box 180  
295400 Munkachevo,  
UKRAINE  
TEL: (03131) 414-40  
SOUTH AFRICA  
Paul Bothner(PTY)Ltd.  
Royal Cape Park, Unit 24  
Londonderry Road, Ottery 7800  
Cape Town, SOUTH AFRICA  
Gigamusic SARL  
10 Rte De La Folie  
97200 Fort De France  
Martinique F.W.I.  
TEL: 596 596 715222  
AUSTRALIA/  
NEW ZEALAND  
TEL: (011) 223-5384  
TEL: (021) 799 4900  
MEXICO  
TURKEY  
ZUHAL DIS TICARET A.S.  
Galip Dede Cad. No.37  
Beyoglu - Istanbul / TURKEY  
TEL: (0212) 249 85 10  
AUSTRALIA/  
GERMANY  
Roland Elektronische  
Musikinstrumente HmbH.  
Oststrasse 96, 22844  
Norderstedt, GERMANY  
TEL: (040) 52 60090  
Casa Veerkamp, s.a. de c.v.  
Av. Toluca No. 323, Col. Olivar  
de los Padres 01780 Mexico  
D.F. MEXICO  
UNITED KINGDOM  
NEW ZEALAND  
Roland Corporation  
Australia Pty.,Ltd.  
38 Campbell Avenue  
Dee Why West. NSW 2099  
AUSTRALIA  
ASIA  
Roland (U.K.) Ltd.  
Atlantic Close, Swansea  
Enterprise Park, SWANSEA  
SA7 9FJ,  
CHINA  
TEL: (55) 5668-6699  
Roland Shanghai Electronics  
Co.,Ltd.  
U.A.E.  
Zak Electronics & Musical  
Instruments Co. L.L.C.  
Zabeel Road, Al Sherooq Bldg.,  
No. 14, Grand Floor, Dubai,  
U.A.E.  
UNITED KINGDOM  
TEL: (01792) 702701  
NICARAGUA  
Bansbach Instrumentos  
Musicales Nicaragua  
Altamira D'Este Calle Principal  
de la Farmacia 5ta.Avenida  
1 Cuadra al Lago.#503  
Managua, Nicaragua  
5F. No.1500 Pingliang Road  
Shanghai 200090, CHINA  
TEL: (021) 5580-0800  
GREECE  
STOLLAS S.A.  
Music Sound Light  
155, New National Road  
Patras 26442, GREECE  
TEL: 2610 435400  
For Australia  
Tel: (02) 9982 8266  
For New Zealand  
Tel: (09) 3098 715  
Roland Shanghai Electronics  
Co.,Ltd.  
(BEIJING OFFICE)  
10F. No.18 3 Section Anhuaxili  
Chaoyang District Beijing  
100011 CHINA  
MIDDLE EAST  
TEL: (04) 3360715  
BAHRAIN  
Moon Stores  
No.16, Bab Al Bahrain Avenue,  
P.O.Box 247, Manama 304,  
State of BAHRAIN  
TEL: (505)277-2557  
HUNGARY  
CENTRAL/LATIN  
AMERICA  
Roland East Europe Ltd.  
Warehouse Area ‘DEPO’ Pf.83  
H-2046 Torokbalint,  
HUNGARY  
TEL: (010) 6426-5050  
TEL: 17 211 005  
Roland Shanghai Electronics  
Co.,Ltd.  
ARGENTINA  
Instrumentos Musicales S.A.  
Av.Santa Fe 2055  
TEL: (23) 511011  
(GUANGZHOU OFFICE)  
2/F., No.30 Si You Nan Er Jie  
Yi Xiang, Wu Yang Xin Cheng,  
Guangzhou 510600, CHINA  
TEL: (020) 8736-0428  
(1123) Buenos Aires  
ARGENTINA  
TEL: (011) 4508-2700  
As of December 10, 2005 (EDIROL-1)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Dynex TV DVD Combo DX 24LD230A12 User Manual
Eclipse Fujitsu Ten Car Stereo System 54420 User Manual
Electro Voice Portable Speaker E V ELEVEN A User Manual
EVGA Computer Hardware 132 BL E758 User Manual
Extron electronic Power Supply TSC 100 User Manual
FieldServer Computer Drive FS 8700 03 DF1 User Manual
FMI Indoor Fireplace FMH26TN User Manual
Fujitsu Scanner FI 5650C User Manual
GE Freezer FUM21DM User Manual
GE Vacuum Cleaner 106766 User Manual